Supermicro

X11DPD-M25 - Motherboard Supermicro - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free X11DPD-M25 Supermicro in PDF.

📄 201 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question
Notice Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - page 8
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

User questions about X11DPD-M25 Supermicro

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Motherboard in PDF format for free! Find your manual X11DPD-M25 - Supermicro and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. X11DPD-M25 by Supermicro.

USER MANUAL X11DPD-M25 Supermicro

The information in this user's manual has been carefully reviewed and is believed to be accurate. The vendor assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies that may be contained in this document, and makes no commitment to update or to keep current the information in this manual, or to notify any person or organization of the updates. Please Note: For the most up-to-date version of this manual, please see our website at www.supermicro.com.

Super Micro Computer, Inc. ("Supermicro") reserves the right to make changes to the product described in this manual at any time and without notice. This product, including software and documentation, is the property of Supermicro and/or its licensors, and is supplied only under a license. Any use or reproduction of this product is not allowed, except as expressly permitted by the terms of said license.

IN NO EVENT WILL Super Micro Computer, Inc. BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECULATIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN PARTICULAR, SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC. SHALL NOT HAVE LIABILITY FOR ANY HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR DATA STORED OR USED WITH THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE COSTS OF REPAIRING, REPLACING, INTEGRATING, INSTALLING OR RECOVERING SUCH HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR DATA.

Any disputes arising between manufacturer and customer shall be governed by the laws of Santa Clara County in the State of California, USA. The State of California, County of Santa Clara shall be the exclusive venue for the resolution of any such disputes. Supermicro's total liability for all claims will not exceed the price paid for the hardware product.

FCC Statement: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in industrial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manual, may cause harmful interference with radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case you will be required to correct the interference at your own expense.

California Best Management Practices Regulations for Perchlorate Materials: This Perchlorate warning applies only to products containing CR (Manganese Dioxide) Lithium coin cells. "Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate".

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - 1

WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including lead, known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

The products sold by Supermicro are not intended for and will not be used in life support systems, medical equipment, nuclear facilities or systems, aircraft, aircraft devices, aircraft/emergency communication devices or other critical systems whose failure to perform be reasonably expected to result in significant injury or loss of life or catastrophic property damage. Accordingly, Supermicro disclaims any and all liability, and should buyer use or sell such products for use in such ultra-hazardous applications, it does so entirely at its own risk. Furthermore, buyer agrees to fully indemnify, defend and hold Supermicro harmless for and against any and all claims, demands, actions, litigation, and proceedings of any kind arising out of or related to such ultra-hazardous use or sale.

Manual Revision 1.0a

Release Date: October 08, 2020

Unless you request and receive written permission from Super Micro Computer, Inc., you may not copy any part of this document. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Other products and companies referred to herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or mark holders.

Copyright © 2020 by Super Micro Computer, Inc.

All rights reserved.

Printed in the United States of America

Preface

About This Manual

This manual is written for system integrators, IT technicians, and knowledgeable end users. It provides information for the installation and use of the X11DPD-L/-M25 motherboard.

About This Motherboard

The X11DPD-L/-M25 motherboard supports dual Intel® Xeon® Scalable-SP and 2nd Generation Intel Xeon Scalable-SP series processors (Socket P) with a TDP (Thermal Design Power) of up to 205W and two UPI (UltraPath Interconnect) links of up to 10.4 GT/s (Note 1 below). Built with the Intel C621 built-in, this motherboard supports up to 4TB of 3DS LRDIMM/RDIMM DDR4 ECC 2933*/2666/2400/2133 MHz memory in 16 memory slots (Note 2 below). It also supports up to 2TB Intel Optane™ DC Persistent Memory in memory mode (2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors only). The X11DPD-L/-M25 provides maximal system performance, SATA versatility, and PCIe expandability. It is optimized for PCIe expansion with flexible I/O support, and is ideal for general-purpose server platforms. Please note that this motherboard is intended to be installed and serviced by professional technicians only. For processor/memory updates, please refer to our website at http://www.supermicro.com/products/.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - About This Motherboard - 1

Note 1: UPI/memory speeds are dependent on the processors installed in your system.

Note 2: Support for 2933 MHz memory is dependent on the CPU SKU.

Manual organization

Chapter 1 describes the features, specifications, and performance of the motherboard. It also provides detailed information on the Intel C621 chipset.

Chapter 2 provides hardware installation instructions. Read this chapter when installing the processor, memory modules, and other hardware components into the system.

Chapter 3 describes troubleshooting procedures for video, memory, and system setup stored in the CMOS.

Chapter 4 includes an introduction to the BIOS, and provides detailed information on running the CMOS Setup utility.

Appendix A lists software program installation instructions.

Appendix B lists standardized warning statements in various languages.

Appendix C contains UEFI BIOS Recovery instructions.

Appendix D provides information on how to configure VROC RAID settings.

Appendix E provides information on how to configure iSCSI settings.

Contacting Supermicro

Headquarters

Address: Super Micro Computer, Inc.

980 Rock Ave.

San Jose, CA 95131 U.S.A.

Tel: +1 (408) 503-8000

Fax: +1 (408) 503-8008

Email: marketing@supermicro.com (General Information)

support@supermicro.com (Technical Support)

Website: www.supermicro.com

Europe

Address: Super Micro Computer B.V.

's-Hertogenbosch, The Netherlands

Tel: +31 (0) 73-6400390

Fax: +31 (0) 73-6416525

Email: sales@supermicro.nl (General Information)

support@supermicro.nl (Technical Support)

rma@supermicro.nl (Customer Support)

Website: www.supermicro.nl

Asia-Pacific

Address: Super Micro Computer, Inc.

3F, No. 150, Jian 1st Rd.

Zhonghe Dist., New Taipei City 235

Taiwan (R.O.C)

Tel: +886-(2) 8226-3990

Fax: +886-(2) 8226-3992

Email: support@supermicro.com.tw

Website: www.supermicro.com.tw

Table of Contents

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Checklist....8
1.2 Processor and Chipset Overview....19
1.3 Special Features ....20
1.4 System Health Monitoring....20
1.5 ACPI Features....21
1.6 Power Supply 21
1.7 Advanced Power Management....21
1.8 Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory Overview....22

Chapter 2 Installation

2.1 Static-Sensitive Devices....23

Precautions 23

Unpacking 23

2.2 Motherboard Installation....24

Tools Needed 24

Location of Mounting Holes 24

Installing the Motherboard....25

2.3 Processor and Heatsink Installation....26

Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors ....26

Overview of the Processor Socket Assembly 27

Overview of the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM)....28

Attaching the Processor to the Narrow Processor Clip to Create the Processor Package

Assembly....29

Attaching the Processor Package Assembly to the Heatsink to Form the Processor

Heatsink Module (PHM)....30

Preparing the CPU Socket for Installation....31

Removing the Dust Cover from the CPU Socket 31

Installing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) 32

Removing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) from the Motherboard....33

2.4 Memory Support and Installation ....34

Memory Support....34

Memory Installation Sequence....34

General Memory Population Requirements....34

DDR4 Memory Support for Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors....35

DDR4 Memory Support for 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors....35

DIMM Population Guidelines for Optimal Performance....36

DIMM Population Table....37

Memory Rank Sparing Tables....38

DIMM Installation 40

DIMM Module Removal....40

2.5 Rear I/O Ports 41

2.6 Front Control Panel 48

2.7 Connectors ....53

Power Connector 53

Headers....55

2.8 Jumper Settings 64

How Jumpers Work....64

2.9 LED Indicators....68

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.1 Troubleshooting Procedures .....71

3.2 Technical Support Procedures 74

3.3 Battery Removal and Installation 75

3.4 Frequently Asked Questions....76

3.5 Returning Merchandise for Service....78

Chapter 4 UEFI BIOS

4.1 Introduction....79

4.2 Main Setup 80

4.3 Advanced Setup Configurations....82

4.4 Event Logs ....130

4.5 IPMI 132

4.6 Security....135

4.7 Boot....138

4.8 Save & Exit....140

Appendix A Software

A.1 Microsoft Windows OS Installation....142
A.2 Driver Installation....144
A.3 SuperDoctor 5....145
A.4 IPMI....146
A.5 Logging into the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller)....146

Appendix B Standardized Warning Statements

Appendix C UEFI BIOS Recovery

C.1 Overview....150
C.2 Recovering the UEFI BIOS Image....150
C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device....151

Appendix D Configuring VROC RAID Settings

D.1 All Intel VMD Controllers Menu....155
D.2 Configuring RAID Settings ....159
D.3 Use of Journaling Drive....175

Appendix E Configuring iSCSI Settings

E.1 PCIe/PCI/PnP Features....179
E.2 Configuring iSCSI Settings....182

Chapter 1

Introduction

Congratulations on purchasing your computer motherboard from an industry leader. Supermicro motherboards are designed to provide you with the highest standards in quality and performance.

In addition to the motherboard, several important parts that are included with your shipment are listed below. If anything listed is damaged or missing, please contact your retailer.

1.1 Checklist

Main Parts List
Description Part Number Quantity
Supermicro Motherboard X11DPD-L/-M25 1

For your system to work properly, please follow the links below to download all necessary drivers/utilities and the user's manual for your server.

• Supermicro product manuals: http://www.supermicro.com/support/manuals/
- Product drivers and utilities: http://www.supermicro.com/wftp
- Product safety info: http://www.supermicro.com/about/policies/safety_information.cfm
- A secure data deletion tool designed to fully erase all data from storage devices can be found at our website: https://www.supermicro.com/about/policies/disclaimer.cfm?url=/wftp/utility/Lot9_Secure_Data_Deletion_Utility/
- If you have any questions, please contact our support team at: support@supermicro.com

This manual may be periodically updated without notice. Please check the Supermicro website for possible updates to the manual revision level.

X11DPD-L Motherboard Image

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-L Motherboard Image - 1

text_image Circuit board with visible component labels and warning signs on multiple screens

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-L Motherboard Image - 2

Note: All graphics shown in this manual were based upon the latest PCB revision available at the time of publication of the manual. The motherboard you received may or may not look exactly the same as the graphics shown in this manual.

X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Image

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Image - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a green computer motherboard with multiple CPU monitors and connectors (no readable text or symbols)

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Image - 2

Note: All graphics shown in this manual were based upon the latest PCB revision available at the time of publication of the manual. The motherboard you received may or may not look exactly the same as the graphics shown in this manual.

X11DPD-L/-M25 Motherboard Layout
(not drawn to scale)
Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Image - 3

text_image JALOM (CPU1 A1OM PCI-E 3.0 x16) P2 NVM E0 P2 NVM E1 P2 DIMM D1 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM A2 P2 DIMM D2 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM D2 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM D2 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM D2 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM D2 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 P2 DIMM D2 P2 DIMM B1 P2 DIMM A1 FAN6 JPWR2 FAN5 FAN4 FAN3 FAN2 FAN1 FAN0 JPM CODE SAXB1 SAXB2 SAXB3 SAXB4 SAXB5 SAXB6 SAXB7 SAXB8 SAXB9 SAXB10 SAXB11 SAXB12 SAXB13 SAXB14 SAXB15 SAXB16 SAXB17 SAXB18 SAXB19 SAXB20 SAXB21 SAXB22 SAXB23 SAXB24 SAXB25 SAXB26 SAXB27 SAXB28 SAXB29 SAXB30 SAXB31 SAXB32 SAXB33 SAXB34 SAXB35 SAXB36 SAXB37 SAXB38 SAXB39 SAXB40 SAXB41 SAXB42 SAXB43 SAXB44 SAXB45 SAXB46 SAXB47 SAXB48 SAXB49 SAXB50 SAXB51 SAXB52 SAXB53 SAXB54 SAXB55 SAXB56 SAXB57 SAXB58 SAXB59 SAXB60 SAXB61 SAXB62 SAXB63 SAXB64 SAXB65 SAXB66 SAXB67 SAXB68 SAXB69 SAXB70 SAXB71 SAXB72 SAXB73 SAXB74 SAXB75 SAXB76 SAXB77 SAXB78 SAXB79 SAXB80 SAXB81 SAXB82 SAXB83 SAXB84 SAXB85 SAXB86 SAXB87 SAXB88 SAXB89 SAXB90 SAXB91 SAXB92 SAXB93 SAXB94 SAXB95 SAXB96 SAXB97 SAXB98 SAXB99 SAXB100
Differences between X11DPD-L and X11DPD-M25
X11DPD-L X11DPD-M25
25GbE SFP28 Ports and LED Indicators No Yes
JPL1 No Yes

Quick Reference
Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Image - 4

text_image LE1 LED_L1 LED_L0 USB2/3 (3.0) JUIDB1 JSFP1 JSFP0 IPMI_LAN VGA COM1 JBRL JPL1 JRK1 USB0/1 BT1 M.2-H_1 M.2-H_2 JP4 JTPM1 JSEN1 JF1 LE2 JPI2C1 JPWR3 I-SATA0~7 S-SATA0~3 LEDM1 JVRM1 JVRM2 JWD1 JBT1 JPME2 JAIOM SXB1 SXB2 P2_VNME0 P2_VNME1 CPU-5L05-PC-3.3A8 CPU-5L05-PC-3.3A6 LAN CTRL PCH MC HCX CODES SNVAC UPTR XYIDPC-LCD-88A2 FC BICS LICENSE JPM1/CPU-5L05-PC-3.3A8 P2_DMM_C1_2-DMM_31 P2_DMM_B1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_A2 P2_DMM_C1_2-DMM_31 P2_DMM_D2_2-DMM_31 P2_DMM_E1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_F1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_G1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_H1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_I1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J1_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J2_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J3_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J4_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J5_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J6_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J7_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J8_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J9_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J10_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J11_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J12_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J13_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J14_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J15_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J16_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J17_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J18_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J19_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J20_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J21_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J22_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J23_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J24_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J25_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J26_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J27_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J28_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J29_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J30_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J31_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J32_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J33_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J34_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J35_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J36_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J37_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J38_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J39_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J40_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J41_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J42_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J43_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J44_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J45_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J46_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J47_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J48_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J49_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J50_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J51_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J52_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J53_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J54_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J55_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J56_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J57_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J58_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J59_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J60_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J61_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J62_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J63_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J64_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J65_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J66_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J67_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J68_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J69_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J70_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J71_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J72_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J73_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J74_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J75_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J76_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J77_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J78_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J79_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J80_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J81_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J82_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J83_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J84_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J85_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J86_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J87_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J88_2-DMM_A1 P2_DMM_J89_2-DMM_A1 P2_Dmm_C7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7-7

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Image - 5

Notes:

  • See Chapter 2 for detailed information on jumpers, I/O ports, and JF1 front panel connections.
  • "■" indicates the location of Pin 1.
  • Jumpers/components/LED indicators not indicated are used for internal testing only.
  • Use only the correct type of onboard CMOS battery as specified by the manufacturer. Do not install the onboard battery upside down to avoid possible explosion.
  • To avoid causing interference with other components, please be sure to use an add-on card that is fully compliant with the PCIe standard on a PCIe slot.

Quick Reference Table

Jumper Description Default Setting

JBT1 CMOS Clear Open (Normal)
JP4 JF1 Pin 3 Function Selection Pins 1-2 (Reset Button)
JPL1 25GbE SFP28 Ports Enable (X11DPD-M25 only) Pins 1-2 (Enabled)
JPME2 Manufacturing (ME) Mode Select Pins 1-2 (Normal)
JVRM1 VRM SMB Clock (to BMC or PCH) Pins 1-2 (BMC)
JVRM2 VRM SMB Data (to BMC or PCH) Pins 1-2 (BMC)
JWD1 Watch Dog Timer Enable Pins 1-2 (Reset)
ConnectorDescription
BT1 Onboard CMOS Battery
COM1Back Panel Serial Port (Micro USB to COM)
FAN1 ~ FAN6System Cooling Fan Headers
IPMI_LAN Dedicated IPMI LAN Port
JAIOMPCIe 3.0 x16 Supermicro Advanced I/O Module (AIOM) Slot (supported by CPU1)
JF1Front Control Panel Header
JL1Chassis Intrusion Header (Note: Please connect a cable from the Chassis Intrusion Header at JL1 to the chassis to receive an alert via IPMI.)
JPI^2C1 Power Supply SMBus I^2C Header
JPWR1, JPWR212V 8-pin Power Supply Connectors
JPWR314-pin Power Supply Connector
(VROC) JRK1Intel VROC RAID Key Header for NVMe SSDs
JSEN1Inlet Sensor Header
JSFP0, JSFP125GbE SFP28 Ports (X11DPD-M25 only)
JTPM1Trusted Platform Module (TPM)/Port 80 Header
JUIDB1Unit Identifier (UID) Switch
M.2-H_1PCIe 3.0 x4 / SATA Hybrid M.2 Socket
M.2-H_2PCIe 3.0 x1 / SATA Hybrid M.2 Socket
P2_NVME0, P2_NVME1NVM Express PCIe 3.0 x4 Ports with two connections each (supported by CPU2)
(I-)SATA0~7, (S-)SATA0~3Intel PCH SATA 3.0 Ports
SXB1, SXB2 PCIe 3.0 x8 Riser Card Slots (supported by CPU2)
USB0/1USB 2.0 Header
USB2/3Back Panel USB 3.0 Ports
VGABack Panel VGA Port

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Quick Reference Table - 1

Notes:

  1. Components not documented are for internal testing only.
  2. When installing an NVMe device on a motherboard, please be sure to connect the first NVMe port (P2_NVME0) first for your system to work properly.

LED Description Status

LE1 UID LED Solid Blue: Unit Identified
LE2 Onboard Power LED Solid Green: Power On
LED_L0SFP28 Port 0 (JSFP0) Link/Activity LED(X11DPD-M25 only)(Activity LED) Blinking Green: SFP28 Port 0 (JSFP0) Active(Link LED) Solid Green: 25G(Link LED) Solid Yellow: 10G/1G
LED_L1SFP28 Port 1 (JSFP0) Link/Activity LED(X11DPD-M25 only)(Activity LED) Blinking Green: SFP28 Port 1 (JSFP1) Active(Link LED) Solid Green: 25G(Link LED) Solid Yellow: 10G/1G
LEDM1 BMC Heartbeat LED Blinking Green: BMC Normal

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Notes: - 1

Notes:

  1. Intel VMD is supported by PCIe slots and NVMe ports (P2_NVME0 and P2_NVME1).
  2. After you've enabled VMD on a PCIe slot, this PCIe slot will be dedicated for VMD use only, and it will no longer support any PCIe device. To re-activate this slot for PCIe use, please disable VMD.

Motherboard Features

Motherboard Features

CPU

  • This motherboard supports dual Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors (Socket P) with two Intel UltraPath Interconnect (UPI) links of up to 10.4 G/s
    Note: Both CPUs need to be installed for full access to the PCIe slots, DIMM slots, and onboard controllers. Refer to the block diagram on page 18 to determine which slots or devices may be affected.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CPU - 1

Memory

- Integrated memory controller supports up to 4TB of 3DS Load Reduced DIMM (3DS LRDIMM), Load Reduced DIMM (LRDIMM), 3DS Registered DIMM (3DS RDIMM), Registered DIMM (RDIMM), Non-Volatile DIMM (NV-DIMM) DDR4 (288-pin) ECC 2933*/2666/2400/2133 MHz memory in 16 memory slots.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Memory - 1

Notes: 1. Support for 2933 MHz memory is dependent on the CPU SKU 2. Up to 2TB DCPMM memory is supported (2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP 82xx/62xx/52xx/4215 series processors only).

DIMM Size

• Up to 256GB at 1.2V

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Size - 1

Note 1: Memory speed support depends on the processors used in the system. Note 2: For the latest CPU/memory updates, please refer to our website at http://www.supermicro.com/products/motherboard.

Chipset

Intel C621

Expansion Slots

• One PCIe 3.0 x8 slot supported by CPU1
• One PCIe 3.0 x16 slot supported by CPU1
• One PCIe 3.0 x16 AIOM slot supported by CPU1
• One PCIe 3.0 x16 slot supported by CPU2
• Two PCIe 3.0 x8 riser card slots (SXB1/SXB2) supported by CPU2

BaseBoard Management Controller (BMC)

• ASPEED AST2500 Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) supports IPMI 2.0
• One dedicated IPMI LAN located on the rear I/O back panel

Graphics

• Graphics controller via ASPEED AST2500 BMC (BaseBoard Management Controller)

I/O Devices

- SATA 3.0

• RAID (PCH) • RAID 0, 1, 5, 10

Twelve SATA ports

I-SATA0\~7

S-SATA0\~3

Peripheral Devices

• One COM by Micro USB port
• Two USB 3.0 ports on the rear I/O panel (USB2/USB3)
• Two USB 2.0 connections via one front accessible header (USB0/USB1)

Motherboard Features

BIOS

• 256Mb Aten BIOS
• ACPI 3.0 or later, SPI dual/quad speed support, and SMBIOS 2.7 or later

Power Management

• ACPI power management
• Power button override mechanism
- Wake-On-LAN
• Power-on mode for AC power recovery
- Intel Intelligent Power Node Manager 3.0 (available when the Supermicro Power Manager [SPM] is installed and a special power supply is used)
• Management Engine (ME)

System Health Monitoring

  • Onboard voltage monitoring for +1.8V, +3.3V, +5V, +/-12V, +3.3V standby, +5V standby, HT, memory, chipset temperature, system temperature, and memory temperature
    • CPU system LED and control
    • CPU thermal trip support
    • Status monitor for on/off control
    • CPU Thermal Design Power (TDP) support of up to 205W (See Note 1 on the next page.)

Fan Control

• Six 4-pin fan headers
• Fan status monitoring via IPMI connections
• Multi-speed fan control via onboard BMC

System Management

• Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support
• PECI (Platform Environment Control Interface) 2.0 support
• Power supply monitoring
• SuperDoctor® 5, Watch Dog, Non-maskable interrupt (NMI), RoHS
- Chassis intrusion header and detection (Note: Please connect a cable from the Chassis Intrusion Header at JL1 to the chassis to receive an alert via IPMI.)

LED Indicators

  • CPU/Overheating
    • Power/Suspend-state indicator
  • Fan failure
  • UID/remote UID
  • HDD activity
    • LAN activity

Dimensions

• 12" (L) x 13" (W) (30.48 mm x 33.02 mm)

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Dimensions - 1

Note 1: The CPU maximum thermal design power (TDP) is subject to chassis and heatsink cooling restrictions. For proper thermal management, please check the chassis and heatsink specifications for proper CPU TDP sizing.

Note 2: For IPMI configuration instructions, please refer to the Embedded IPMI Configuration User's Guide available at http://www.supermicro.com/support/manuals/.

Note 3: For proper BMC configuration, please refer to https://www.supermicro.com/products/nfo/files/IPMI/Best_Practices_BMC_Security.pdf.

Note 4: If you purchase a Supermicro Out of Band (OOB) software license key (Supermicro P/N: SFT-OOB-LIC), please DO NOT change the IPMI MAC address.

Figure 1-3. System Block Diagram
Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Dimensions - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    subgraph CPU1
        A1["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|F| B1["DDR4 DIMM"]
        A2["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|F| C1["DDR4 DIMM"]
        A3["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|D| D1["D0"]
        A4["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U1| E1["U1"]
        A5["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U2| F1["U2"]
        A6["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U3| G1["U3"]
        A7["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U4| H1["U4"]
        A8["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U5| I1["U5"]
        A9["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U6| J1["U6"]
        A10["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U7| K1["U7"]
        A11["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U8| L1["U8"]
        A12["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U9| M1["U9"]
        A13["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U10| N1["U10"]
        A14["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U11| O1["U11"]
        A15["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U12| P1["U12"]
        A16["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U13| Q1["U13"]
        A17["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U14| R1["U14"]
        A18["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U15| S1["U15"]
        A19["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U16| T1["U16"]
        A20["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U17| U1["U17"]
        A21["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U18| V1["U18"]
        A22["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U19| W1["U19"]
        A23["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U20| X1["U20"]
        A24["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U21| Y1["U21"]
        A25["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U22| Z1["U22"]
        A26["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U23| AA1["U23"]
        A27["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U24| AB1["U24"]
        A28["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U25| AC1["U25"]
        A29["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U26| AD1["U26"]
        A30["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U27| AE1["U27"]
        A31["DDR4 DIMM"] -->|U28| AF["DDR4 DIMM"]
    end

    subgraph CPU2
        B1["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C1["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B2["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C2["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B3["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C3["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B4["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C4["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B5["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C5["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B6["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C6["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B7["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C7["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B8["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C8["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B9["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C9["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B10["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C10["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B11["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C11["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B12["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C12["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B13["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C13["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B14["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C14["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B15["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C15["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B16["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C16["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B17["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C17["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B18["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C18["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B19["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C19["DDR4 DIMM"]
        B20["DDR4 DIMM"] --> C20["DDR4 DIMM"]
    end

    subgraph PCH
        PCH_AST250C["BMC AST250C"]
    end

    subgraph BIOS
        BIOS_AST250C
        PCH_AST250C
    end

    subgraph PWM解码器
        PCH_AST250C
    end

    subgraph SATA
        PCH_AST250C
    end

    subgraph USB
        PCH_AST250C
    end

    subgraph USB2
        PCH_AST250C
    end

    subgraph USB3
        PCH_AST250C
    end

    subgraph Hybrid_MLSO
        PCH_MLSO
    end

    subgraph TCP Header Debug Card
        TCP Header Debug Card
    end

    subgraph BIOS
        BIOS
    end

    subgraph FRONT PANEL
        TOP Headset
    end

    subgraph SYSTEM POWER
        SYSTEM POWER
    end

    subgraph FAN SPEED CTRL
        FAN SPEED CTRL
    end

    subgraph HDMI_REFID
        HDMI_REFID
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD
        HDMI_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XRD_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
    end

    subgraph HDMI_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD
        HDMI_XPDX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRX_DLRZ_CRRC
    DCR_REFID
    DCR_REFID_XRD
    DCR_REFID_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XRD_XTD_RLC
    DCR_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PDC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PPC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PFC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_REFID_PTC_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCD
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCR_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCO
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA
    DCM_AFF_BCGA

    %% Legend:
</details>

![](images/c75f846d17361217f9bade4d1f9422956986a6f21224293ee5eec69b88132d08.jpg)

Note: This is a general block diagram and may not exactly represent the features on your motherboard. See the previous pages for the actual specifications of your motherboard.

<h1 id="12-processor-and-chipset-overview">1.2 Processor and Chipset Overview</h1>

Built upon the functionality and capability of the dual Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors (Socket P) with support of Intel C621 chipset, this motherboard provides superb system performance, efficient power management, and a rich feature sets based on cutting-edge technologies to address the needs of next-generation computer users. With support of a 6-channel DDR4 memory controller and up to 28 cores with Hyper-Threading technology, the X11DPD-L/-M25 provides maximal performance, system cooling, and PCIe capacity. This motherboard is optimized for general purpose server platforms.

<h1 id="features-supported-by-intel-xeon-scalable-sp-processors">Features Supported by Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors</h1>

Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors support the following features:

• Intel AVX-512 instruction support to handle complex workloads   
• 1.5x memory bandwidth increased to 6 channels   
• Hot plug and enclosure management with Intel Volume Management Device (Intel VMD)   
- Rich set of available IOs with increased PCIe lanes (48 lanes)

<h1 id="new-features-supported-by-2nd-gen-intel-xeon-scalable-sp-processors">New features supported by 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors</h1>

2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors support the following features:

- Higher performance for a wider range of workloads with per-core performance increase   
- Support of Optane DC Persistent Memory (DCPMM) with affordable, persistent, and large capacity. Refer to Section 1.8 for details.   
• Up to 2993 MHz memory supported   
- Vector Neural Network Instruction (VNNI) support for Accelerate Deep Learning & Artificial Intelligence (AI) workloads   
- Speed Select Technology provides multiple CPU profiles that can be set in the BIOS. (This feature is available on select CPU SKUs.)   
- Seamless hardware security mitigations & performance/frequency flexibility

![](images/fccabacb3caa1bf46262a074edc5139b4e51233bae9ef847dfab2ef06f948e17.jpg)

Note: Support for 2933MHz memory and DCPMM memory is dependent on the CPU SKU.

<h1 id="13-special-features">1.3 Special Features</h1>

This section describes the health monitoring features of the X11DPD-L/-M25 motherboard. The motherboard has an onboard ASPEED AST2500 Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) that supports system health monitoring.

<h1 id="recovery-from-ac-power-loss">Recovery from AC Power Loss</h1>

The Basic I/O System (BIOS) provides a setting that determines how the system will respond when AC power is lost and then restored to the system. You can choose for the system to remain powered off (in which case you must press the power switch to turn it back on), or for it to automatically return to the power-on state. See the Advanced BIOS Setup section for this setting. The default setting is Last State.

<h1 id="14-system-health-monitoring">1.4 System Health Monitoring</h1>

This section describes the health monitoring features of the X11DPD-L/-M25 motherboard. The motherboard has an onboard Baseboard Management Controller (AST2500) chip that supports system health monitoring.

<h1 id="onboard-voltage-monitors">Onboard Voltage Monitors</h1>

The onboard voltage monitor will continuously scan crucial voltage levels. Once a voltage becomes unstable, it will give a warning or send an error message to the IPMI WebGUI and IPMIView. Real time readings of these voltage levels are all displayed in IPMI.

<h1 id="fan-status-monitor-with-firmware-control">Fan Status Monitor with Firmware Control</h1>

The system health monitor embedded in the BMC chip can check the RPM status of the cooling fans. The CPU and chassis fans are controlled via IPMI.

<h1 id="environmental-temperature-control">Environmental Temperature Control</h1>

System Health sensors in the BMC monitor the temperatures and voltage settings of onboard processors and the system in real time via the IPMI interface. Whenever the temperature of the CPU or the system exceeds a user-defined threshold, system/CPU cooling fans will be turned on to prevent the CPU or the system from overheating.

![](images/0e0f8d98a3ee6b570392824a5c7695765502e3bc99669b67c2b7c28e2f11b3e8.jpg)

Note: To avoid possible system overheating, please be sure to provide adequate airflow to your system.

<h1 id="system-resource-alert">System Resource Alert</h1>

This feature is available when used with SuperDoctor 5. SuperDoctor 5 is used to notify the user of certain system events. For example, you can configure SuperDoctor 5 to provide you with warnings when the system temperature, CPU temperatures, voltages and fan speeds go beyond a predefined range.

<h1 id="15-acpi-features">1.5 ACPI Features</h1>

ACPI stands for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface. The ACPI specification defines a flexible and abstract hardware interface that provides a standard way to integrate power management features throughout a computer system including its hardware, operating system and application software. This enables the system to automatically turn on and off peripherals such as network cards, hard disk drives and printers.

In addition to enabling operating system-directed power management, ACPI also provides a generic system event mechanism for Plug and Play and an operating system-independent interface for configuration control. ACPI leverages the Plug and Play BIOS data structures while providing a processor architecture-independent implementation that is compatible with appropriate Windows operating systems. For detailed information on OS support, please refer to our website at www.supermicro.com.

<h1 id="16-power-supply">1.6 Power Supply</h1>

As with all computer products, a stable power source is necessary for proper and reliable operation. It is even more important for processors that have high CPU clock rates.

<h1 id="17-advanced-power-management">1.7 Advanced Power Management</h1>

The following new advanced power management features are supported by the motherboard.

<h1 id="intel-intelligent-power-node-manager-ipnm">Intel Intelligent Power Node Manager (IPNM)</h1>

Intel's Intelligent Power Node Manager (IPNM) provides your system with real-time thermal control and power management for maximum energy efficiency. Although IPNM Specification Version 2.0/3.0 is supported by the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller), your system must also have IPNM-compatible Management Engine (ME) firmware installed to use this feature.

![](images/7c78ba99bcd79910d68449eaeb124110d8f3c79aaadd1719475798b438d1fe0e.jpg)

Note: Support for IPNM 2.0/3.0 support is dependent on the power supply used in the system.

<h1 id="management-engine-me">Management Engine (ME)</h1>

The Management Engine, which is an ARC controller embedded in the IOH (I/O Hub), provides Server Platform Services (SPS) to your system. The services provided by SPS are different from those provided by the ME on client platforms.

<h1 id="18-intel-optane-dc-persistent-memory-overview">1.8 Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory Overview</h1>

2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP supports new DCPMM (Optane™ DC Persistent Memory Modules) technology that offers data persistence with higher capacity than the existing memory modules and lower latency than NVMe SSDs. DCPMM memory provides hyper-speed storage capability for high performance computing platforms with flexible configuration options.

<h1 id="chapter-2">Chapter 2</h1>

<h1 id="installation">Installation</h1>

<h1 id="21-static-sensitive-devices">2.1 Static-Sensitive Devices</h1>

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) can damage electronic components. To avoid damaging your motherboard and your system, it is important to handle it very carefully. The following measures are generally sufficient to protect your equipment from ESD.

<h1 id="precautions">Precautions</h1>

- Use a grounded wrist strap designed to prevent static discharge.   
- Touch a grounded metal object before removing the motherboard from the antistatic bag.   
- Handle the motherboard by its edges only; do not touch its components, peripheral chips, memory modules or gold contacts.   
- When handling chips or modules, avoid touching their pins.   
- Put the motherboard and peripherals back into their antistatic bags when not in use.   
- For grounding purposes, make sure that your chassis provides excellent conductivity between the power supply, the case, the mounting fasteners and the motherboard.   
- Use only the correct type of CMOS onboard battery as specified by the manufacturer. Do not install the CMOS battery upside down, which may result in a possible explosion.

<h1 id="unpacking">Unpacking</h1>

The motherboard is shipped in antistatic packaging to avoid static damage. When unpacking the motherboard, make sure that the person handling it is static protected.

<h1 id="22-motherboard-installation">2.2 Motherboard Installation</h1>

All motherboards have standard mounting holes to fit different types of chassis. Make sure that the locations of all the mounting holes for both the motherboard and the chassis match. Although a chassis may have both plastic and metal mounting fasteners, metal ones are highly recommended because they ground the motherboard to the chassis. Make sure that the metal standoffs click in or are screwed in tightly.

<h1 id="tools-needed">Tools Needed</h1>

![](images/76cb9aeb5ed364122fad8891434b4cd2d05eb8f868b9657b75aed506b3e61aab.jpg)  
Phillips
Screwdriver (1)

![](images/b6adb28c7f5ac56a4a70b262d68e01089fef2b5885fb341df18d528db83a35f3.jpg)  
Phillips Screws (9)

![](images/2d4d6d4a077e7c8ae5a3e9096fe5d53cdef1ddf45cb985d4e25f6c2cecd1d236.jpg)  
Standoffs (9)
Only if Needed

<h1 id="location-of-mounting-holes">Location of Mounting Holes</h1>

![](images/64cdffe2d07aa8bfd2ffa704efbc08057066505f1a9cb16a2a6683b9d3ac3274.jpg)

<details>
<summary>text_image</summary>

Circuit diagram of a computer system with labeled components including CPU, RAM, BMC, and I/O ports
</details>

![](images/1eb73951236630cb3e6e42ad650fb999e812150780a46873695a08df077ad240.jpg)  
Notes: 1. To avoid damaging the motherboard and its components, please do not use a force greater than 8 lb/inch on each mounting screw during motherboard installation.
2. Some components are very close to the mounting holes. Please take precautionary measures to avoid damaging these components when installing the motherboard to the chassis.

<h1 id="installing-the-motherboard">Installing the Motherboard</h1>

1. Locate the mounting holes on the motherboard. See the previous page for the locations of the mounting holes.

![](images/d9d58284128c82aa9157de63aa3aba827d04ffde77926f0e427833e2a290359d.jpg)

<details>
<summary>text_image</summary>

Chassis
Chassis
</details>

2. Locate the matching mounting holes on the chassis. Align the mounting holes on the motherboard against the mounting holes on the chassis.

![](images/9d86b734afd6a99d601bf06849206a67f1631f3f648a9306b8fb26467f3cd97b.jpg)

<details>
<summary>text_image</summary>

3x8
Motherboard
Chassis
3x8
Motherboard
Chassis
</details>

3. Install standoffs in the chassis as needed.

4. Install the motherboard into the chassis carefully to avoid damaging other motherboard components.

5. Using the Phillips screwdriver, insert a Phillips head #6 screw into a mounting hole on the motherboard and its matching mounting hole on the chassis.

6. Repeat Step 5 to insert #6 screws into all mounting holes.

7. Make sure that the motherboard is securely placed in the chassis.

![](images/15544cc578154b94f9cd82d41ca1b5fcb84cd2f7e898c2d0548f5c57f01181d0.jpg)

Note: Images displayed in this manual are for illustration only. Your chassis or components might look different from those shown in this manual.

<h1 id="23-processor-and-heatsink-installation">2.3 Processor and Heatsink Installation</h1>

Warning: When handling the processor package, avoid placing direct pressure on the label area of the CPU or CPU socket. Also, improper CPU installation or socket misalignment can cause serious damage to the CPU or motherboard which may result in RMA repairs. Please read and follow all instructions thoroughly before installing your CPU and heatsink.

![](images/a37b1a1b8c8d830bf9f0deabd533754fa0afdd9fe720b6417a7809bdc9a33204.jpg)

<h1 id="notes-4">Notes:</h1>

- Always connect the power cord last, and always remove it before adding, removing, or changing any hardware components. Please note that the processor and heatsink should be assembled together first to form the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM), and then install the entire PHM into the CPU socket.   
- When you receive a motherboard without a processor pre-installed, make sure that the plastic CPU socket cap is in place and that none of the socket pins are bent; otherwise, contact your retailer immediately.   
• Refer to the Supermicro website for updates on CPU support.   
- Please follow the instructions given in the ESD Warning section on the first page of this chapter before handling, installing, or removing system components.

<h1 id="intel-xeon-scalable-sp-and-2nd-gen-intel-xeon-scalable-sp-processors">Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors</h1>

![](images/a54333e7f1487bd0d01cb5001fa7f2c95002e93fdece820522785649edbfa553.jpg)

<details>
<summary>natural_image</summary>

Technical line drawing of a rectangular electronic component with mounting holes and internal channels (no text or symbols)
</details>

Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processor

![](images/e72b73aca17cfbadfc42d79f0c35abeb8c3ba77f110e8898e71ac12e897af149.jpg)

Note: All graphics, drawings, and pictures shown in this manual are for illustration only. The components that came with your machine may or may not look exactly the same as those shown in this manual.

<h1 id="overview-of-the-processor-socket-assembly">Overview of the Processor Socket Assembly</h1>

The processor socket assembly contains 1) Intel Xeon Scalable-SP or 2nd Generation Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processor, 2) the narrow processor clip, 3) the dust cover, and 4) the CPU socket.

1. Intel Processor

![](images/3ff2bc102edf7a88effe70d7a376b12f5f20d7459a2c31e61c1b840e17bd4a9f.jpg)

<details>
<summary>natural_image</summary>

Line drawing of a rectangular electronic device casing with mounting holes (no text or symbols)
</details>

2. Narrow processor clip (the plastic processor package carrier used for the CPU)

![](images/2ba9587863c69da7488084a2abc8e7512f71a405dc95eee29adaa76178889950.jpg)

<details>
<summary>natural_image</summary>

Technical line drawing of a mechanical housing or frame component (no text or symbols)
</details>

3. Dust Cover

![](images/95fa3f24fa97e934dbee016b3d6848f50f4e1afe851035b1f6094078a60b5d17.jpg)

<details>
<summary>natural_image</summary>

Line drawing of a microprocessor base with mounting holes and a central chip (no text or symbols)
</details>

4. CPU Socket

![](images/9244d580a8ebd5ee08c2b6863edc325056e36afa824e0693cc001f2173c6403f.jpg)

<details>
<summary>natural_image</summary>

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with mounting holes and internal grid structure (no text or symbols)
</details>

![](images/c7973eb9dca8776a257cc3b343504e67086b120a46aa1a949aba84d8e6975c20.jpg)

Note: Be sure to cover the CPU socket with the dust cover when the CPU is not installed.

<h1 id="overview-of-the-processor-heatsink-module-phm">Overview of the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM)</h1>

The Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) contains 1) a heatsink, 2) a narrow processor clip, and 3) Intel Xeon Scalable-SP or 2nd Generation Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processor.

<h1 id="1-heatsink">1. Heatsink</h1>

<h1 id="2-narrow-processor-clip">2. Narrow processor clip</h1>

<h1 id="3-intel-processor">3. Intel Processor</h1>

![](images/633186ab7ce282bff0110b74bbbc189532f4837085d7ae654a1aa31058765882.jpg)

Processor Heatsink Module (PHM)   
![](images/ba4538c64f7f29c743a72ea93aa9e2b81162580473f900eee7f97d9819620ef7.jpg)

<details>
<summary>natural_image</summary>

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a meshed base and mounting holes (no text or symbols)
</details>

(Bottom View)

<h1 id="attaching-the-processor-to-the-narrow-processor-clip-to-create-the-processor-package-assembly">Attaching the Processor to the Narrow Processor Clip to Create the Processor Package Assembly</h1>

To properly install the CPU into the narrow processor clip, please follow the steps below.

1. Locate pin 1 (notch A), which is the triangle located on the top of the narrow processor clip. Also locate notch B and notch C on the processor clip.

2. Locate pin 1 (notch A), which is the triangle on the substrate of the CPU. Also, locate notch B and notch C on the CPU as shown below.

3. Align pin 1 (the triangle on the substrate) of the CPU with pin 1 (the triangle) of the narrow processor clip. Once they are aligned, carefully insert the CPU into the processor clip by sliding notch B of the CPU into notch B of the processor clip, and sliding notch C of the CPU into notch C of the processor clip.

4. Examine all corners of the CPU to ensure that it is properly seated on the processor clip. Once the CPU is securely attached to the processor clip, the processor package assembly is created.

![](images/f8ef4ed0a2c480d95ac43b8478a683f763f743ec703ca912298f375d77767905.jpg)

Note: Please exercise extreme caution when handling the CPU. Do not touch the CPU LGA-lands to avoid damaging the LGA-lands or the CPU. Be sure to wear ESD gloves when handling components.

![](images/d00ce795b8a271271b0d189f29c57c02380a376c559aae4bd4c889e8084cabb2.jpg)

<details>
<summary>flowchart</summary>

```mermaid
graph TD
    A["CPU (Upside Down) w/CPU LGA Lands up"] --> B["A"]
    B --> C["B"]
    C --> D["C"]
    D --> E["Align Notch C of the CPU and Notch C of the Processor Clip"]
    E --> F["C"]
    F --> G["B"]
    G --> H["Align CPU Pin 1"]
    H --> I["A"]
    I --> J["B"]
    J --> K["Pin 1"]
    K --> L["A"]
    L --> M["B"]
    M --> N["CPU/Heatsink Package (Upside Down)"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Dimensions - 3

text_image Allow Notch C to latch on to CPU C B Allow Notch B to latch on to CPU A

Processor Package Carrier (w/CPU mounted on the Processor Clip)

Attaching the Processor Package Assembly to the Heatsink to Form the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM)

After you have made a processor package assembly by following the instructions on the previous page, please follow the steps below to mount the processor package assembly onto the heatsink to create the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM).

  1. Locate "1" on the heatsink label and the triangular corner next to it on the heatsink. With your index finger pressing against the screw at this triangular corner, carefully hold and turn the heatsink upside down with the thermal-grease side facing up. Remove the protective thermal film if present, and apply the proper amount of the thermal grease as needed. (Skip this step if you have a new heatsink because the necessary thermal grease is pre-applied in the factory.)
  2. Holding the processor package assembly at the center edge, turn it upside down. With the thermal-grease side facing up, locate the hollow triangle located at the corner of the processor carrier assembly ("a" in the graphic). Note a larger hole and plastic mounting clicks located next to the hollow triangle. Also locate another set of mounting clicks and a larger hole at the diagonal corner of the same (reverse) side of the processor carrier assembly ("b" in the graphic).
  3. With the back of heatsink and the reverse side of the processor package assembly facing up, align the triangular corner on the heatsink ("A" in the graphic) against the mounting clips next to the hollow triangle ("a") on the processor package assembly.
  4. Also align the triangular corner ("B") at the diagonal side of the heatsink with the corresponding clips on the processor package assembly ("b").
  5. Once the mounting clips on the processor package assembly are properly aligned with the corresponding holes on the back of heatsink, securely attach the heatsink to the processor package assembly by snapping the mounting clips at the proper places on the heatsink to create the processor heatsink module (PHM).

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Attaching the Processor Package Assembly to the Heatsink to Form the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) - 1

text_image Non-Fabric CPU and Processor Clip (Upside Down) Triangle on the CPU Triangle on the Processor Clip Heatsink (Upside Down) On Locations of (C, D), the notches snap onto the heat sink's mounting holes On Locations (A, B), the notches snap onto the heatsink's sides Make sure Mounting Notches snap into place

Preparing the CPU Socket for Installation

This motherboard comes with the CPU socket pre-assembled in the factory. The CPU socket contains 1) a dust cover, 2) a socket bracket, 3) the CPU (P) socket, and 4) a back plate. These components are pre-installed on the motherboard before shipping.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Preparing the CPU Socket for Installation - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a computer processor casing with visible internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

CPU Socket w/Dust Cover On

Removing the Dust Cover from the CPU Socket

Remove the dust cover from the CPU socket, exposing the CPU socket and socket pins as shown on the illustration below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Removing the Dust Cover from the CPU Socket - 1

Note: Do not touch the socket pins to avoid damaging them, causing the CPU to malfunction.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Removing the Dust Cover from the CPU Socket - 2

text_image Dusk Cover Remove the dust cover from the CPU socket. Do not touch the socket pins! Socket Pins

CPU Socket

Installing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM)

  1. Once you have assembled the processor heatsink module (PHM) by following the instructions listed on previsou pages, you are ready to install the processor heatsink module (PHM) into the CPU socket on the motherboard. To install the PHM into the CPU socket, follow the instructions below.

  2. Locate the triangle (pin 1) on the CPU socket, and locate the triangle (pin 1) at the corner of the PHM that is closest to "1". (If you have difficulty locating pin 1 of the PHM, turn the PHM upside down. With the LGA-lands side facing up, you will note the hollow triangle located next to a screw at the corner. Turn the PHM right side up, and you will see a triangle marked on the processor clip at the same corner of hollow triangle.)

  3. Carefully align pin 1 (the triangle) on the PHM against pin 1 (the triangle) on the CPU socket.

  4. Once they are properly aligned, insert the two diagonal oval holes on the heatsink into the guiding posts.

  5. Using a T30 Torx-bit screwdriver, install four screws into the mounting holes on the socket to securely attach the PHM onto the motherboard starting with the screw marked "1" (in the sequence of 1, 2, 3, and 4).

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Installing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) - 1

Note: Do not use excessive force when tightening the screws to avoid damaging the LGA-lands and the processor.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Installing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) - 2

text_image Oval C Oval D Large Guiding Post Small Guiding Post Printed Triangle Mounting the Processor Heatsink Module into the CPU socket (on the motherboard) T30 Torx Driver Use a torque of 12 lbf·in #1 #2 #3 Tighten the screws in the sequence of 1, 2, 3, 4 (top 3 quarter view)

Removing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) from the Motherboard

Before removing the processor heatsink module (PHM), unplug power cord from the power outlet.

  1. Using a T30 Torx-bit screwdriver, turn the screws on the PHM counterclockwise to loosen them from the socket, starting with screw marked #4 (in the sequence of 4, 3, 2, 1).

  2. After all four screws are removed, wiggle the PHM gently and pull it up to remove it from the socket.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Removing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) from the Motherboard - 1

Note: To properly remove the processor heatsink module, be sure to loosen and remove the screws on the PHM in the sequence of 4, 3, 2, 1 as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Removing the Processor Heatsink Module (PHM) from the Motherboard - 2

text_image Removing the screws in the sequence of 4, 3, 2, 1 #1 #2 #3 #4 Printed Triangle on Motherboard CPU Socket After removing the screws, lift the Processor Heatsink Module off the CPU socket.

2.4 Memory Support and Installation

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Memory Support and Installation - 1

Note: Check the Supermicro website for recommended memory modules.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Memory Support and Installation - 2

Important: Exercise extreme care when installing or removing DIMM modules to prevent any damage.

Memory Support

The X11DPD-L/-M25 supports up to 4TB of 3DS Load Reduced DIMM (3DS LRDIMM), Load Reduced DIMM (LRDIMM), 3DS Registered DIMM (3DS RDIMM), Registered DIMM (RDIMM), Non-Volatile DIMM (NV-DIMM) DDR4(288-pin) ECC 2933*/2666/2400/2133 MHz memory in 16 memory slots. This motherboard also supports up to 2TB memory with DCPMM modules installed based on the DCPMM population table on page 39.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Memory Support - 1

Notes: 1. Be sure to use the memory modules of the same type and speed on the motherboard. Mixing of memory modules of different types and speeds is not allowed. 2. When installing memory modules, be sure to populate the first DIMM module on the blue memory slot, which is the first memory slot of a memory channel, and then populate the second DIMM in the black slot if 2DPC memory configuration is used. 3. Memory speed is dependent on the type of processors used in your system. 4. Populating DDR4 memory modules in a two-DIMMs per-channel (2DPC) configuration on this motherboard will affect memory bandwidth and performance. 5. Unbalanced memory configuration is not recommended. 6. Support for 2933MHz memory is dependent on the CPU SKU. 7. 16Gb-based memory modules are supported by 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors only.

Memory Installation Sequence

Memory modules for this motherboard are populated using the "Fill First" method. The blue memory slot of each channel is considered the "first DIMM module" of the channel, and the black slot, the second module of the channel. When installing memory modules, be sure to populate the blue memory slots first and then populate the black slots. To maximize memory capacity and performance, please populate all DIMM slots on the motherboard, including all blue slots and black slots.

General Memory Population Requirements

  1. Be sure to use the memory modules of the same type and speed on the motherboard. Mixing of memory modules of different types and speeds is not allowed.
  2. Using unbalanced memory topology such as populating two DIMMs in one channel while populating one DIMM in another channel on the same motherboard will result in reduced memory performance.

DDR4 Memory Support for Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors

DDR4 Memory Support
TypeRanks Per DIMM & Data WidthDIMM Capacity (GB)Speed (MT/s); Voltage (V); Slots Per Channel (SPC) and DIMMs Per Channel (DPC)
1 Slot Per Channel 2 SlotsPer Channel
DRAM Density1DPC (1-DIMM Per Channel)1DPC (1-DIMM Per Channel)2DPC (2-DIMM Per Channel)
4Gb* 8Gb1.2 V 1.2 V 1.2 V
RDIMM SRx44GB 8GB 2666 2666 2666
RDIMM SRx88GB 16GB 2666 2666 2666
RDIMM DRx88GB 16GB 2666 2666 2666
RDIMM DRx416GB 32GB 2666 2666 2666
RDIMM 3DsQRX4N/A2H-64GB266626662666
RDIMM 3Ds8RX4N/A4H-128GB266626662666
LRDIMM QRx432GB64GB 2666 26662666
LRDIMM 3DsQRX4N/A2H-64GB266626662666
LRDIMM 3Ds8Rx4N/A4H-128GB266626662666

DDR4 Memory Support for 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors

DDR4 Memory Support
TypeRanks Per DIMM & Data WidthDIMM Capacity (GB)Speed (MT/s); Voltage (V); Slots Per Channel (SPC) and DIMMs Per Channel (DPC)
1 Slot Per Channel2 Slots Per Channel
DRAM Density1DPC (1-DIMM Per Channel)1DPC (1-DIMM Per Channel)2DPC (2-DIMM Per Channel)
4Gb*8Gb16Gb1.2 V1.2 V1.2 V
RDIMMSRx44GB8GB16GB293329332933
RDIMMSRx88GB16GB32GB293329332933
RDIMMDRx88GB16GB32GB293329332933
RDIMMDRx416GB32GB64GB293329332933
RDIMM 3DsQRX4N/A2H-64GB2H-128GB293329332933
RDIMM 3Ds8RX4N/A4H-128GB4H-256GB293329332933
LRDIMMQRx432GB64GB128GB293329332933
LRDIMM 3DsQRX4N/A2H-64GB2H-128GB293329332933
LRDIMM 3Ds8Rx4N/A4H-128GB4H-256GB293329332933

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - General Memory Population Requirements - 1

Notes: 1. 2933 MHz memory support in two-DIMMs per-channel (2DPC) configuration can be achieved by using memory purchased from Supermicro. 2. Support for 2933 MHz memory is dependent on the CPU SKU. 3. 16Gb-based memory modules are supported by 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors only.

DIMM Population Guidelines for Optimal Performance

For optimal memory performance, follow the instructions listed in the tables below when populating memory modules.

Key Parameters for DIMM Configuration

Key Parameters for DIMM Configurations
Parameters Possible Values
Number of Channels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6
Number of DIMMs per Channel 1DPC (1 DIMM Per Channel) or 2DPC (2 DIMMs Per Channel)
DIMM Type RDIMM (w/ECC), 3DS RDIMM, LRDIMM, 3DS LRDIMM
DIMM Construction non-3DS RDIMMRaw Cards: A/B (2Rx4), C (1Rx4), D (1Rx8), E (2Rx8)3DS RDIMM Raw Cards: A/B (4Rx4)non-3DS LRDIMM Raw Cards: D/E (4Rx4)3DS LRDIMM Raw Cards: A/B (8Rx4)

DIMM Mixing Guidelines

General DIMM Mixing Guidelines
DIMM Mixing Rules
All DIMMs must be all DDR4 DIMMs.x4 and x8 DIMMs can be mixed in the same channel.Mixing of LRDIMMs and RDIMMs is not allowed in the same channel, across different channels, and across different sockets.Mixing of non-3DS and 3DS LRDIMM is not allowed in the same channel, across different channels, and across different sockets.
Mixing of DIMM Types within a Channel
DIMM TypesRDIMM LRDIMM3DS LRDIMM
RDIMM Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed
LRDIMMNot Allowed AllowedNot Allowed
3DS LRDIMMNot AllowedNot AllowedAllowed

DIMM Population Table

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Population Table - 1

Note: Unbalanced memory configuration decreases memory performance and is not recommended for Supermicro motherboards.

Memory Population Table for the Motherboard Using Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors

Memory Population Table for the X11DP Motherboard w/16 DIMM Slots Onboard
When 1 CPU is used: MemoryPopulation Sequence
1 CPU & 1 DIMM CPU1: P1-DIMMA1
1 CPU & 2 DIMMs CPU1: P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1
1 CPU & 3 DIMMs CPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1
1 CPU & 4 DIMMs CPU1: P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1
1 CPU & 5 DIMMs(Unbalanced: not recommended)CPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1
1 CPU & 6 DIMM CPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1
1 CPU & 7 DIMMs(Unbalanced: not recommended)CPU1:P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMA2/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1
1 CPU & 8 DIMMs(Unbalanced: not recommended)CPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMA2/P1-DIMMD2/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1
When 2 CPUs are used: MemoryPopulation Sequence
2 CPUs & 2 DIMMsCPU1: P1-DIMMA1CPU2: P2-DIMMA1
2 CPUs & 4 DIMMsCPU1: P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1CPU2: P2-DIMMA1/P2-DIMMD1
2 CPUs & 6 DIMMsCPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1CPU2: P2-DIMMC1/P2-DIMMB1/P2-DIMMA1
2 CPUs & 8 DIMMsCPU1: P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1CPU2: P2-DIMMB1/P2-DIMMA1/P2-DIMMD1/P2-DIMME1
2 CPUs & 10 DIMMsCPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1CPU2: P2-DIMMB1/P2-DIMMA1/P2-DIMMD1/P2-DIMME1
2 CPUs & 12 DIMMsCPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1CPU2: P2-DIMMC1/P2-DIMMB1/P2-DIMMA1/P2-DIMMD1/P2-DIMME1/P2-DIMMF1
2 CPUs & 14 DIMMs(Unbalanced: not recommended)CPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMA2/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1CPU2: P2-DIMMC1/P2-DIMMB1/P2-DIMMA1/P2-DIMMA2/P2-DIMMD1/P2-DIMME1/P2-DIMMF1
2 CPUs & 16 DIMMs(Unbalanced: not recommended)CPU1: P1-DIMMC1/P1-DIMMB1/P1-DIMMA1/P1-DIMMA2/P1-DIMMD2/P1-DIMMD1/P1-DIMME1/P1-DIMMF1CPU2: P2-DIMMC1/P2-DIMMB1/P2-DIMMA1/P2-DIMMA2/P2-DIMMD2/P2-DIMMD1/P2-DIMME1/P2-DIMMF1

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Memory Population Table for the Motherboard Using Intel Xeon Scalable-SP and 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors - 1

Note: Please refer to the Memory Configuration User's Guide for the X11 UP/DP/MP motherboards that is posted on our website for detailed information on memory support for this motherboard.

Memory Rank Sparing Tables

Dual Rank Memory Rank Sparing (16GB DIMM)
Memory Population Total RAM Detected
One Rank Configuration Two Rank Configuration
A1 8GB 8GB
A1+B1 16GB 16GB
A1+B1+C1 24GB 24GB
A1+B1+C1+D1 32GB 32GB
A1+B1+C1+D1+E1 40GB 40GB
A1+B1+C1+D1+E1+F1 49GB49GB
A1+A2+B1+C1+D1+D2+E1+F1 80GB 64GB
Quad Rank Memory Rank Sparing (64GB DIMM)
Memory Population Total RAM Detected
One Rank Configuration Two Rank Configuration
A1 48GB 32GB
A1+B1 96GB 64GB
A1+B1+C1 144GB 96GB
A1+B1+C1+D1 192GB 128GB
A1+B1+C1+D1+E1 240GB60GB
A1+B1+C1+D1+E1+F1 288GB192GB
A1+A2+B1+C1+D1+D2+E1+F1 416GB320GB

DCPMM Memory Population Tables for 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DCPMM Memory Population Tables for 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors - 1

Note: Only 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP (82xx/62xx/52xx/4215 series) processors support DCPMM memory.

Symmetric Population within 1 CPU Socket
ModesP1-DIMMF1P1-DIMME1P1-DIMMD1P1-DIMMD2P1-DIMMA2P1-DIMMA1P1-DIMMB1P1-DIMMC1Channel Config.
ADDRAM1DRAM1DRAM1DCPMMDCPMMDRAM1DRAM1DRAM12-1-1
MMDRAM2DRAM2DRAM2DCPMMDCPMMDRAM2DRAM2DRAM22-1-1
AD + MMDRAM3DRAM3DRAM3DCPMMDCPMMDRAM3DRAM3DRAM32-1-1
ADDCPMMDRAM1DRAM1--DRAM1DRAM1DCPMM1-1-1
MMDCPMMDRAM1DRAM1--DRAM1DRAM1DCPMM1-1-1
AD + MMDCPMMDRAM3DRAM3--DRAM3DRAM3DCPMM1-1-1
Asymmetric Population within 1 CPU Socket
ModesP1-DIMMF1P1-DIMME1P1-DIMMD1P1-DIMMD2P1-DIMMA2P1-DIMMA1P1-DIMMB1P1-DIMMC1Channel Config.
ADDRAM1DRAM1DRAM1-DCPMMDRAM1DRAM1DRAM12-1-1
AD^* DRAM1DRAM1DRAM1-DCPMMDRAM1DRAM1DRAM12-1-1
Legend(for the two tables above)
DDR4 TypeCapacity
DRAM1RDIMM3DS RDIMMLRDIMM3DS LRDIMMRefer to Validation Matrix (DDR4 DIMMs validated with DCPMM) below.
DRAM2RDIMM---
DRAM3RDIMM3DS RDIMMLRDIMM-

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DCPMM Memory Population Tables for 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP Processors - 2

Note: DDR4 single rank x8 is not available for DCPMM Memory Mode or App-Direct Mode.

Legend(for the first two tables above)
Capacity
DCPMMAny Capacity (Uniformly for all channels for a given configuration)

• * 2nd socket has no DCPMM DIMM
- Mode definitions: AD=App Direct Mode, MM=Memory Mode, AD+MM=Mixed Mode
- For MM, general DDR4+DCPMM ratio is between 1:4 and 1:16. Excessive capacity for DCPMM can be used for AD.
- For each individual population, rearrangements between channels are allowed as long as the resulting population is compliant with the X11 memory population rules for the 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP processors.
- For each individual population, please use the same DDR4 DIMM in all slots.
- For each individual population, sockets are normally symmetric with exceptions for 1 DCPMM per socket and 1 DCPMM per node case. Currently, DCPMM modules operate at 2666 MHz.
- No mixing of DCPMM and NVMDIMMs within the same platform is allowed.
- This DCPMM population guide targets a balanced DCPMM-to-DRAM-cache ratio in MM and MM + AD modes.

Validation Matrix (DDR4 DIMMs Validated w/DCPMM)
DIMM TypeRanks Per DIMM & Data Width (Stack)DIMM Capacity (GB)
DRAM Density
4Gb8Gb
RDIMM1Rx48GB16GB
2Rx88GB16GB
2Rx416GB32GB
LRDIMM4Rx4N/A64GB
LRDIMM 3DS8Rx4 (4H)N/A128GB

DIMM Installation

  1. Insert the desired number of DIMMs into the memory slots, starting with P1 DIMM A1. For the system to work properly, please use memory modules of the same type and speed on the motherboard.
  2. Push the release tabs outwards on both ends of the DIMM slot to unlock it.
  3. Align the key of the DIMM module with the receptive point on the memory slot.
  4. Align the notches on both ends of the module against the receptive points on the ends of the slot.
  5. Use two thumbs together to press the notches on both ends of the module straight down into the slot until the module snaps into place.
  6. Press the release tabs to the lock positions to secure the DIMM module into the slot.

DIMM Module Removal

Press the release tabs on both ends of the DIMM socket to release the DIMM module from the socket as shown in the drawing below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Module Removal - 1

natural_image Diagram of a mechanical component with blue arrows indicating rotation or force direction (no text or symbols)

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Module Removal - 2

text_image Circuit board layout diagram with labeled components and connectors, showing connections between microcontroller, memory, and peripheral devices.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Module Removal - 3

natural_image Diagram of a heat exchanger with cooling fins and a circular component, no text or symbols present

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Module Removal - 4

text_image Notches

Release Tabs

Insert the DIMM module into the memory slot.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - DIMM Module Removal - 5

natural_image Illustration of two hands holding a metal tool with blue arrows indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Warnings: 1. Please do not use excessive force when pressing the release tabs on the ends of the DIMM socket to avoid causing any damage to the DIMM module or the DIMM socket. 2. Please handle DIMM modules with care. Carefully follow all the instructions given on the first page of this chapter to prevent ESD-related damages to your memory modules or components. 3. Please be sure to remove fan header cable(s) before installing or removing memory module(s).

2.5 Rear I/O Ports

See the figure below for the locations and descriptions of the various I/O ports on the rear of the motherboard.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Rear I/O Ports - 1

text_image LED_L1 LED_L2 RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM RAM FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN1 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN2 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN3 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4 FAN4

Rear I/O Port Locations and Definitions

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Rear I/O Ports - 2

text_image Diagram of electronic device ports with numbered labels pointing to different connection blocks
Rear I/O Ports
#Description#Description#Description
1.COM1 Port5.Dedicated IPMI LAN Port9.SFP28 Port 1 Link/Activity LED (LED_L1)
2.USB2 (3.0)6.SFP28 Port 0 Link/Activity LED (LED_L0)10.UID Switch (JUIDB1)
3.USB3 (3.0)7.SFP28 Port 0 (JSFP0)
4.VGA Port8.SFP28 Port 1 (JSFP1)
Differences between X11DPD-L and X11DPD-M25
X11DPD-LX11DPD-M25
25GbE SFP28 Ports and LED IndicatorsNoYes
JPL1NoYes

Serial Port

There is one COM port (COM1) on the I/O back panel. The COM port provides serial communication support (micro USB to COM). Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

COM PortPin Definitions
Pin#Definition
1Ground
2NC
3USB_P
4USB_N
5+5V

VGA Port

One VGA port is located next to IPMI LAN port on the I/O back panel. Use this connection for VGA display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VGA Port - 1

text_image LED_L1 LED_L0 VSA COM BMC LAN CTRL PCH S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-8ATAC-3 S-8ATAC-7 S-6T1 MHC1 SPN2 SPN3 SPN4 SPN5 SPN6 SPN7 SPN8 SPN9 SPN10 SPN11 SPN12 SPN13 SPN14 SPN15 SPN16 SPN17 SPN18 SPN19 SPN20 SPN21 SPN22 SPN23 SPN24 SPN25 SPN26 SPN27 SPN28 SPN29 SPN30 SPN31 SPN32 SPN33 SPN34 SPN35 SPN36 SPN37 SPN38 SPN39 SPN40 SPN41 SPN42 SPN43 SPN44 SPN45 SPN46 SPN47 SPN48 SPN49 SPN50 SPN51 SPN52 SPN53 SPN54 SPN55 SPN56 SPN57 SPN58 SPN59 SPN60 SPN61 SPN62 SPN63 SPN64 SPN65 SPN66 SPN67 SPN68 SPN69 SPN70 SPN71 SPN72 SPN73 SPN74 SPN75 SPN76 SPN77 SPN78 SPN79 SPN80 SPN81 SPN82 SPN83 SPN84 SPN85 SPN86 SPN87 SPN88 SPN89 SPN90 SPN91 SPN92 SPN93 SPN94 SPN95 SPN96 SPN97 SPN98 SPN99 SPN100
  1. Serial Port

  2. VGA Port

Universal Serial Bus (USB) Ports and Headers

There are two USB 3.0 ports (USB2/3) located on the I/O back panel. The motherboard also has a front access USB 2.0 header that supports two USB connections (USB0/1). The onboard header can be used to provide front side USB access with a cable (not included).

Front Panel USB0/1 (2.0) Header Pin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
1 +5V2 +5V
3 USB_N 4 USB_N
5 USB_P 6 USB_P
7 Ground 8 Ground
10USB_OC
Back Panel USB2/3 (3.0/2.0) Port Pin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
A1 +5V B1 +5V
A2 USB_N B2 USB_N
A3 USB_P B3 USB_P
A4 Ground B4 Ground
A5 USB3_RX_N B5 USB3_RX_N
A6 USB3_RX_P B6 USB3_RX_P
A7 Ground B7 Ground
A8 USB3_TX_N B8 USB3_TX_N
A9 USB3_TX_P B9 USB3_TX_P

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Universal Serial Bus (USB) Ports and Headers - 1

text_image LED L1 JUD8 BMC LED 2 SPPI SPPI LED LB IPM_LAN VSA KRD0 J3Q JRK1 IUSB LAN CTRL JPMER2 PCH JUT1 MNE4 SBU7 LCK7 TRAM C972 8.SATAO-3 ISATAO-7 IC2NB CE CPU2 CPU4 JPM/R2 JPM/R3 JPM/R4 JPM/R5 JPM/R6 JPM/R7 JPM/R8 JPM/R9 JPM/R10 JPM/R11 JPM/R12 JPM/R13 JPM/R14 JPM/R15 JPM/R16 JPM/R17 JPM/R18 JPM/R19 JPM/R20 JPM/R21 JPM/R22 JPM/R23 JPM/R24 JPM/R25 JPM/R26 JPM/R27 JPM/R28 JPM/R29 JPM/R30 JPM/R31 JPM/R32 JPM/R33 JPM/R34 JPM/R35 JPM/R36 JPM/R37 JPM/R38 JPM/R39 JPM/R40 JPM/R41 JPM/R42 JPM/R43 JPM/R44 JPM/R45 JPM/R46 JPM/R47 JPM/R48 JPM/R49 JPM/R50
  1. USB Header (USB0/1)
  2. USB Ports (USB2/3)

IPMI LAN Port

A dedicated IPMI LAN port that supports Gigabit LAN is located next to the VGA port on the back panel. This LAN port is supported by the onboard AST2500 BMC and accepts an RJ45 type cable. Refer to Section 2.9 LED Indicators for LAN LED information.

IPMI LAN PortPin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin#Definition
1 D1+11 D4-
2 D1-12 CT4
3 CT113 ACTIVE LED
4 D2+14 +3.3V_LAN
5 D2-15 LINK 1000M LED
6 CT216 LINK 100M LED
7 D3+17 Ground
8 D3-18 Ground
9 CT319 Ground
10 D4+20 Ground

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - IPMI LAN Port - 1

text_image Circuit diagram of a computer system with labeled components including CPU2, RAM, BMC, and Ethernet ports
  1. IPMI LAN Port

SFP28 Ports (JSFP0/JSFP1)

The motherboard supports two small form factor pluggable (SFP28) optical transceiver ports (JSFP0/JSFP1). These SFP28 ports provide up to 25GbE Ethernet network connections.

SFP28 PortPin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
1 Ground 11 Ground
2 TX_Fault 12 SFP+_RX_P
3 TX_Disable 13 SFP+_RX_N
4 I2C_SDA 14 Ground
5 I2C_SCL 15 +3.3V_RX
6 MOD_DEF 16 +3.3V_TX
7 RS0 17 Ground
8 NC 18 SFP+_TX_P
9 RS1 19 SFP+_TX_N
10 Ground 20 Ground

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - SFP28 Ports (JSFP0/JSFP1) - 1

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, BMC, and peripheral components with part numbers and connectors.
  1. SFP28 Port 0 (JSFP0)
  2. SFP28 Port 1 (JSFP1)

SFP28 Port Link/Activity LED Indicators (LED\_L0/LED\_L1)

Two LAN Link/Activity LED indicators are located at LED_L0 and LED_L1. LED_L0 indicates the SFP28 port 0 connection. LED_L1 indicates the SFP28 port 1 connection. Refer to the tables below for more information.

SFP28 Port Activity LED Indicator Assignment/State
LED LAN Port Assigned
LED_L0 SFP28 Port 0 Active
LED_L1 SFP28 Port 1 Active
Blinking Green SFP28 LAN Port Active
SFP28 Port Link LED IndicatorLED State
LED Color DefinitionSolid Yellow 10 Gbps/ 1 GbpsSolid Green 25 Gbps

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - SFP28 Port Link/Activity LED Indicators (LED\_L0/LED\_L1) - 1

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, and peripheral components with connectors and ports
  1. SFP28 Port 0 Link/Activity LEDs (LED_L0)
  2. SFP28 Port 1 Link/Activity LEDs (LED_L1)

Unit Identifier Switch/ UID LED Indicator

A rear Unit Identifier (UID) switch (JUIDB1) and an rear UID LED indicator (LE1) are located on the rear side of the motherboard. The front UID LED is located on Pin 7 of the Front Control Panel (JF1). When you press the UID switch, both front and rear UID LED indicators will be turned on. Press the UID switch again to turn off the LEDs. The UID Indicators provide easy identification of a system unit that may be in need of service.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Unit Identifier Switch/ UID LED Indicator - 1

Note: UID can also be triggered via IPMI on the motherboard. For more information on IPMI, please refer to the IPMI User's Guide posted on our website at http://www.supermicro.com.

UID Switch Pin Definitions
Pin#Definition
1Ground
2Ground
3Button In
4Button In
UID LED Indicator
LED Color Definition
Blue: On UnitIdentified

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Unit Identifier Switch/ UID LED Indicator - 2

text_image Power Button Reset Button UID Button 3.5V UID LED 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby/ UID Button 3.3V X NM 19 20 Ground Ground Power Fail LED OHPR Farifan Fail LED NIC2 Active LED NIC1 Active LED HDD LED PWIR LED X X Ground

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Unit Identifier Switch/ UID LED Indicator - 3

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, memory, and peripheral components with connectors and ports.
  1. UID Switch
  2. Rear UID LED
  3. Front UID LED

2.6 Front Control Panel

JF1 contains header pins for various buttons and indicators that are normally located on a control panel at the front of the chassis. These connectors are designed specifically for use with Supermicro chassis. See the figure below for the descriptions of the front control panel buttons and LED indicators.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Front Control Panel - 1

text_image Circuit diagram of a computer system with labeled components including CPU, RAM, BMC, LAN CTRL, and peripheral modules like I/O ports and memory chips.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Front Control Panel - 2

text_image Power Button Reset Button/ UID Button 3.3V UID LED 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby/ UID Button 3.3V X NMI 19 20 Ground Ground Power Fail LED OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED NIC2 Active LED NIC1 Active LED HDD LED PWR LED X Ground

JF1 Header Pins

Power Button

The Power Button connection is located on pins 1 and 2 of JF1. Momentarily contacting both pins will power on/off the system. This button can also be configured to function as a suspend button (with a setting in the BIOS - see Chapter 4). To turn off the power in the suspend mode, press the button for four seconds or longer. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Power ButtonPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
1 Signal
2 Ground

Reset Button/UID Button

The Reset Button/UID Button connection is located on pins 3 and 4 of JF1. Attach it to a hardware reset switch on the computer case to reset the system or use JP4 to set the function of pin 3 of JF1. Refer to JF1 Pin 3 Function Selection on page 65 for more information on JP4.

Reset Button/UID ButtonPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
3 Reset/UID Button
4 Ground

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Reset Button/UID Button - 1

text_image 1 2 Power Button Ground Reset Button/ UID Button 3.3V Power Fail LED UID LED OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED 3.3V Stby NIC2 Active LED 3.3V Stby NIC1 Active LED 3.3V Stby/ UID Button HDD LED 3.3V PWR LED X X NMI Ground 19 20
  1. PWR Button
  2. Reset Button/UID Button

Power Fail LED

The Power Fail LED connection is located on pins 5 and 6 of JF1. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Power Fail LEDPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
5 3.3V
6 PWR Supply Fail

UID/Overheat(OH)/Fan Fail/PWR Fail LED

Connect an LED cable to pins 7 and 8 of the Front Control Panel(JF1) to use UID/Overheat/Fan Fail/Power Fail LED connections. The LED on pin 8 provides warnings of overheat, power failure or fan failure. Refer to the tables below for more information.

Information LED (UID/OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED) Pin Definitions (Pin 7 & Pin 8 of JF1)
Pin# Definition
7 BlueUID LED
8 OH/Fan Fail/PWR Fail LED
Information LED (UID/OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED)State Definitions (Pin 7 & Pin 8 of JF1)
State Definition
Off Normal
On Overheat
FlashingFan Fail
Information LED (UID/OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED)Pin Definitions (Pin 7 & Pin 8 of JF1)
Status Description
Solid red An overheat condition has occurred. (This may be caused by cable congestion).
Blinking red (1Hz) Fan failure: check for an inoperative fan.
Blinking red (0.25Hz) Power failure: check for a non-operational power supply
Solid blue Local UID is activated. Use this function to locate a unit in a rack mount environment that might be in need of service.
Blinking blue (300 msec)Remote UID is on. Use this function to identify a unit from a remote location that might be in need of service.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - UID/Overheat(OH)/Fan Fail/PWR Fail LED - 1

text_image Power Button Reset Button/ UID Button 3.3V UID LED 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby/ UID Button 3.3V X NMI 19 20 Ground Ground Power Fall LED OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fall LED NIC2 Active LED NIC1 Active LED HDD LED PWR LED X Ground
  1. Power Fail LED
  2. UID LED
  3. OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED

The NIC (Network Interface Controller) LED connection for LAN port 1 is located on pins 11 and 12 of JF1, and LAN port 2 is on pins 9 and 10. Attach the NIC LED cables here to display network activity. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

LAN1/LAN2 LEDPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
10 NIC2 Activity LED
12 NIC1 Activity LED

HDD LED

The HDD LED connection is located on pins 13 and 14 of JF1. Attach a cable here to indicate the status of HDD-related activities, including IDE, SATA activities. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

HDD LEDPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
13 3.3V Stby/UID Button
14 HDD Active

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - HDD LED - 1

text_image Power Button Reset Button/ UID Button 3.3V UID LED 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby/ UID Button 3.3V X NMI 19 20 Ground Ground Power Fail LED OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED NIC2 Active LED NIC1 Active LED HDD LED PWR LED X Ground
  1. NIC2 Activity LED
  2. NIC1 Activity LED
  3. HDD LED

Power LED

The Power LED connection is located on pins 15 and 16 of JF1. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Power LEDPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
15 3.3V
16 PWR LED

NMI Button

The non-maskable interrupt (NMI) button header is located on pins 19 and 20 of JF1. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

NMI ButtonPin Definitions (JF1)
Pin# Definition
19 NMI
20 Ground

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - NMI Button - 1

text_image Power Button Reset Button/ UID Button 3.3V UID LED 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby 3.3V Stby/ UID Button 3.3V X NMI 19 20 Ground Ground Power Fail LED OH/PWR Fail/Fan Fail LED NIC2 Active LED NIC1 Active LED HDD LED PWR LED 1 X Ground
  1. Power LED

  2. NMI

2.7 Connectors

Power Connector

12V 8-pin CPU Power Connectors

JPWR1 and JPWR2 are the 8-pin 12V DC power input for the CPU or alternative single power source for a special enclosure when the 14-pin ATX power is not in use. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

12V 8-pin Power Connector Pin Definitions
Pin# Definition
1 - 4 Ground
5 - 8 +12V

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - 12V 8-pin CPU Power Connectors - 1

text_image Circuit board diagram with labeled components including CPU, memory chips, and peripheral connectors
  1. 8-pin Power Connector (JPWR1) (Required)

  2. 8-pin Power Connector (JPWR2) (Required)

Main ATX Power Supply Connector

The primary power supply connector (JPWR3) used on the motherboard is via 14-pin ATX power connection. It is also required to connect 8-pin power connectors (JPWR1/JPWR2) to the power supply.

Warning: To provide adequate power to your system and to avoid damaging the power supply or the motherboard, be sure to connect all power connectors mentioned above to the power supply. Failure in doing so may void the manufacturer warranty on your power supply and motherboard.

14-pin Power Connector (JPWR3) Pin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
1 Ground 8 +12V
2 Ground 9 +12V
3 Ground 10 +12V
4 Ground 11 +12V
5 Ground 12 +12V
6 Ground 13 +12V_STBY
7PWROK (Input, open drain pull high to 3.3V)14PS_ON (Output, open drain pull down to Ground)

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Main ATX Power Supply Connector - 1

text_image BMC LEDM1 LED_1 LED_0 PRL_CAT VBA U524-3 (8) JRC1 CCM1 LAN CTRL PCH ET1 M-14 12mA 27.5 36W 27.9 S-SATAI-3 I-SATAI-7 RDS LICENSE CPU2 CPU1 SPN2 SPN3 SPN4 SPN5 SPN6 SPN7 SPN8 SPN9 SPN10 SPN11 SPN12 SPN13 SPN14 SPN15 SPN16 SPN17 SPN18 SPN19 SPN20 SPN21 SPN22 SPN23 SPN24 SPN25 SPN26 SPN27 SPN28 SPN29 SPN30 SPN31 SPN32 SPN33 SPN34 SPN35 SPN36 SPN37 SPN38 SPN39 SPN40 SPN41 SPN42 SPN43 SPN44 SPN45 SPN46 SPN47 SPN48 SPN49 SPN50 SPN51 SPN52 SPN53 SPN54 SPN55 SPN56 SPN57 SPN58 SPN59 SPN60 SPN61 SPN62 SPN63 SPN64 SPN65 SPN66 SPN67 SPN68 SPN69 SPN70 SPN71 SPN72 SPN73 SPN74 SPN75 SPN76 SPN77 SPN78 SPN79 SPN80 SPN81 SPN82 SPN83 SPN84 SPN85 SPN86 SPN87 SPN88 SPN89 SPN90 SPN91 SPN92 SPN93 SPN94 SPN95 SPN96 SPN97 SPN98 SPN99 SPN100
  1. 14-pin ATX Power Connector (Required)

Headers

Fan Headers

There are six fan headers on the motherboard. These are 4-pin fan headers; pins 1-3 are backward compatible with traditional 3-pin fans. The onboard fan speeds are controlled by Thermal Management via the BMC (or by IPMI). When using Thermal Management setting, please use all 3-pin fans or all 4-pin fans.

Fan HeaderPin Definitions
Pin#Definition
1 Ground (Black)
2 +12V (Red)
3 Tachometer
4 PWM Control

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Fan Headers - 1

text_image BMC LED1 LED2 LED3 VBA VGA20 (3.5V) JRC M2-HL1 M2-HL2 CCM1 LAN CTRL PCH JPM2 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 S-BATM0-3 I-BATM0-7 RCS LICENSE CPU2 CPU1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM2 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM1 JPM2 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM3 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM4 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5 JPM5
  1. FAN Header 1
  2. FAN Header 2
  3. FAN Header 3
  4. FAN Header 4
  5. FAN Header 5
  6. FAN Header 6

AIOM Slot

The Supermicro Advanced I/O Module (AIOM) PCIe 3.0 x16 slot (JAIOM) can be utilized to offer additional LAN ports, VPU, storage devices, etc. on the motherboard. Please visit the Supermicro website for all available module options. Also, please note that it is mandatory to unplug power cords prior to removing or installing an AIOM module card.

Chassis Intrusion

A Chassis Intrusion header is located at JL1 on the motherboard. Connect an appropriate cable from JL1 to the chassis so that you can be informed of a chassis intrusion (via IPMI) when the system case is opened. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Chassis Intrusion Pin Definitions
Pins Definition
1Intrusion Input
2Ground

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Chassis Intrusion - 1

text_image 1 JALOM (CPU: A:OM PCHE3.0 x18) S7502 74 PNC BMC LPG LED_1 JSP1 JSP0 LED_L0 FAN_LAV PT-1 VBA USB23 (3.8) MT-1 BT1 M2-HL1 J-1 M2-HL2 PCM1 LSRA1 SUPER M1-PACMS PLC LAN CTRL PCH JET1 M114 3-bit 23-bit 96.74 23-bit 8-BATAC-3 LSATAC-7 RCS CENSE CE CPU2 CPU4 PWR2 PWR3 PWR4 PWR5 PWR6 PWR7 PWR8 PWR9 PWR10 PWR11 PWR12 PWR13 PWR14 PWR15 PWR16 PWR17 PWR18 PWR19 PWR20 PWR21 PWR22 PWR23 PWR24 PWR25 PWR26 PWR27 PWR28 PWR29 PWR30 PWR31 PWR32 PWR33 PWR34 PWR35 PWR36 PWR37 PWR38 PWR39 PWR40 PWR41 PWR42 PWR43 PWR44 PWR45 PWR46 PWR47 PWR48 PWR49 PWR50
  1. AIOM Slot (JAIOM)
  2. Chassis Intrusion Header

VROC RAID Key Header

A VROC RAID Key header is located at JRK1 on the motherboard. Install a VROC RAID Key on JRK1 for NVMe RAID support as shown in the illustration below. Refer to the layout below for the location of JRK1.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VROC RAID Key Header - 1

Note: Enable the VROC Key is required when using the RAID function.

Intel VROC KeyPin Definitions
Pin#Definition
1Ground
23.3V Standby
3Ground
4PCH RAID Key

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VROC RAID Key Header - 2

text_image VROC Key VROC Key Header (JRK1)

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VROC RAID Key Header - 3

Note: The graphics contained in this user's manual are for illustration only. The components installed in your system may or may not look exactly the same as the graphics shown in the manual.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VROC RAID Key Header - 4

text_image Circuit board layout diagram with labeled components including CPU, memory, and PLCs
  1. VROC RAID Key Header

Inlet Sensor Header

This header (JSEN1) allows BMC to monitor thermal inlet temperature. A special module is required. Please contact Supermicro at www.supermicro.com to purchase the module for this header. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Inlet Sensor HeaderPin Definitions
Pin#Definition
1SMBDAT
2Ground
3SMBCLK
43.3V STBY

Power SMB (I²C) Header

The Power System Management Bus (I²C) header (JPI²C1) monitors the power supply, fan, and system temperatures. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Power SMB Header Pin Definitions
Pin#Definition
1Clock
2Data
3PMBUS_Alert
4Ground
5+3.3V

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Power SMB (I²C) Header - 1

text_image LED1 JURB1 JSPF1 JSPF2 LED_LC JPM1 LAN VGA LSATAD-1 ST1 USB2 COX4 LED4 BMC LAN CTRL JPNE2 PCH JRT MB1 S-SATAD-5 SPAL USB2 LSATAD-7 CE CPU2 CPU1 JPM2 JPM3 JPM4 JPM5 JPM6 JPM7 JPM8 JPM9 JPM10 JPM11 JPM12 JPM13 JPM14 JPM15 JPM16 JPM17 JPM18 JPM19 JPM20 JPM21 JPM22 JPM23 JPM24 JPM25 JPM26 JPM27 JPM28 JPM29 JPM30 JPM31 JPM32 JPM33 JPM34 JPM35 JPM36 JPM37 JPM38 JPM39 JPM40 JPM41 JPM42 JPM43 JPM44 JPM45 JPM46 JPM47 JPM48 JPM49 JPM50 JPM51 JPM52 JPM53 JPM54 JPM55 JPM56 JPM57 JPM58 JPM59 JPM60 JPM61 JPM62 JPM63 JPM64 JPM65 JPM66 JPM67 JPM68 JPM69 JPM70 JPM71 JPM72 JPM73 JPM74 JPM75 JPM76 JPM77 JPM78 JPM79 JPM80 JPM81 JPM82 JPM83 JPM84 JPM85 JPM86 JPM87 JPM88 JPM89 JPM90 JPM91 JPM92 JPM93 JPM94 JPM95 JPM96 JPM97 JPM98 JPM99 JPM100
  1. Inlet Sensor Header (JSEN1)
  2. Power SMB Header

TPM/Port 80 Header

The JTPM1 header is used to connect a Trusted Platform Module (TPM)/Port 80, which is available from Supermicro (optional). A TPM/Port 80 header is a security device that supports encryption and authentication in hard drives. It allows the motherboard to deny access if the TPM associated with the hard drive is not installed in the system. Refer to the table below for pin definitions.

Trusted Platform Module/Port 80 Header Pin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
1 +3.3V 2 SPI_CS#
3 RESET# 4 SPI_MISO
5 SPI_CLK 6 GND
7 SPI_MOSI 8
9 +3.3V Stdby 10 SPI_IRQ#

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - TPM/Port 80 Header - 1

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, PLC, and peripheral components with connectors and ports.
  1. TPM/Port 80 Header

PCIe/SATA Hybrid M.2 Sockets

This motherboard has two PCIe/SATA hybrid M.2 sockets (M.2-H_1, M.2-H_2). M.2 was formerly known as Next Generation Form Factor (NGFF) and serves to replace mini PCIe. M.2 socket 1 (M.2-H_1) supports PCIe 3.0 x4 (32 Gb/s) SSD cards in the 2280 form factor only. M.2 socket 2 (M.2-H_2) supports PCIe 3.0 x1 (8 Gb/s) SSD cards in the 2280 form factor only.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - PCIe/SATA Hybrid M.2 Sockets - 1

text_image A Holder Locked position B Holder Mount Turn 90 degrees to lock Locked position C Card Holder Mount Turn 90 degrees to lock Locked position with M.2 card D Plastic screw STOP

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - PCIe/SATA Hybrid M.2 Sockets - 2

text_image Press in here Rectangle hole on MB Hole Location on the MB 42 M.2 Card 60 A+B+C M.2 Card 80 A+B+C M.2 Card 110 A+B+D A+B+C A+B+D Copyright © 2017 by Super Micro Computer, Inc. All rights reserved.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - PCIe/SATA Hybrid M.2 Sockets - 3

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, memory, and peripheral components with connectors and ports.
  1. PCIe/SATA Hybrid M.2 Socket 1 (M.2-H_1)
  2. PCIe/SATA Hybrid M.2 Socket 2 (M.2-H_2)

NVM Express Connections

Two NVMe connectors are located on the motherboard. These NVMe connectors provide PCIe 3.0 x4 connections. P2_NVME0 and P2_NVME1 are supported by CPU2. The NVMe connectors provide high-speed low-latency connections directly from the CPU to NVMe Solid State (SSD) drives. This greatly increases SSD data-throughput performance and significantly reduces PCIe latency by simplifying driver/software requirements resulting from direct PCIe interface from the CPU to the NVMe SSD drives.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - NVM Express Connections - 1

Note: When installing an NVMe device on the motherboard, please be sure to connect the first NVMe connector (P2_NVME0) first for your system to work properly.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - NVM Express Connections - 2

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, memory, and peripheral components with connectors and ports.
  1. NVMe Connector 0 (P2_NVME0)

  2. NVMe Connector 1 (P2_NVME1)

SATA Ports

This motherboard has eight I-SATA 3.0 ports (I-SATA0\~7) and four S-SATA 3.0 ports (S-SATA0\~3). These SATA ports are supported by the Intel C621 chipset. All these SATA ports provide serial-link signal connections, which are faster than the connections of Parallel ATA. Refer to the tables on the next page for pin definitions.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - SATA Ports - 1

text_image LED L1 LED L0 VGA JF201 JFK1 JAKM (CPU1 AOM PCEF 3.5 x 16) BMC LAN CTRL PCH SATAO-3 SATAO-7 2 1 CPU2 CPU4 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM3 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM3 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM3 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM3 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM3 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1 JPM3 JPM2 JPM1 JPM2 JPM1
  1. I-SATA0\~7
  2. S-SATA0\~3
I-SATA 3.0 PortPin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
A1 Ground B1 Ground#
A2 SATA_RX0_P B2 SATA_TX0_P
A3 SATA_RX0_N B3 SATA_TX0_N
A4 Ground B4 Ground
A5 SATA_RX1_P B5 SATA_TX1_P
A6 SATA_RX1_N B6 SATA_TX1_N
A7 Ground B7 Ground
A8 Ground B8 SATA_SCLK
A9 SDATAOUT0 B9 SATA_SLOAD
A10 Ground B10 Ground
A11 NC B11 NC
A12 NC B12 NC
A13 Ground B13 Ground
A14 SATA_RX2_P B14 SATA_TX2_P
A15 SATA_RX2_N B15 SATA_TX2_N
A16 Ground B16 Ground
A17 SATA_RX3_P B17 SATA_TX3_P
A18 SATA_RX3_N B18 SATA_TX3_N
A19 Ground B19 Ground
A20 SATA_RX4_P B20 SATA_TX4_P
A21 SATA_RX4_N B21 SATA_TX4_N
A22 Ground B22 Ground
A23 SATA_RX5_P B23 SATA_TX5_P
A24 SATA_RX5_N B24 SATA_TX5_N
A25 Ground B25 Ground
A26 Ground B26 SATA_SCLK
A27 SDATAOUT1 B27 SATA_SLOAD
A28 Ground B28 Ground
A29 NC B29 NC
A30 NC B30 NC
A31 Ground B31 Ground
A32 SATA_RX6_P B32 SATA_TX6_P
A33 SATA_RX6_N B33 SATA_TX6_N
A34 Ground B34 Ground
A35 SATA_RX7_P B35 SATA_TX7_P
A36 SATA_RX7_N B36 SATA_TX7_N
A37 Ground B37 Ground
S-SATA 3.0 PortPin Definitions
Pin# Definition Pin# Definition
A1 Ground B1 Ground#
A2 SATAX_RX0_P B2 SATAX_TX0_P
A3 SATAX_RX0_N B3 SATAX_TX0_N
A4 Ground B4 Ground
A5 SATAX_RX1_P B5 SATAX_TX1_P
A6 SATAX_RX1_N B6 SATAX_TX1_N
A7 Ground B7 Ground
A8 Ground B8 SATAX_SCLK
A9 SDATAXOUT0 B9 SATAX_SLOAD
A10 Ground B10 Ground
A11 NC B11 NC
A12 NC B12 NC
A13 Ground B13 Ground
A14 SATAX_RX2_P B14 ATAX_TX2_P
A15 SATAX_RX2_N B15ATAX_TX2_N
A16 Ground B16 Ground
A17 SATAX_RX3_P B17 ATAX_TX3_P
A18 SATAX_RX3_N B18ATAX_TX3_N
A19 Ground B19 Ground
A20 NC B20 NC
A21 NC B21 NC
A22 Ground B22 Ground
A23 NC B23 NC
A24 NC B24 NC
A25 Ground B25 Ground
A26 NC B26 NC
A27 NC B27 NC
A28 Ground B28 Ground
A29 NC B29 NC
A30 NC B30 NC
A31 Ground B31 Ground
A32 NC B32 NC
A33 NC B33 NC
A34 Ground B34 Ground
A35 NC B35 NC
A36 NC B36 NC
A37 Ground B37 Ground

2.8 Jumper Settings

How Jumpers Work

To modify the operation of the motherboard, jumpers can be used to choose between optional settings. Jumpers create shorts between two pins to change the function of the connector. Pin 1 is identified with a square solder pad on the printed circuit board. See the diagram below for an example of jumping pins 1 and 2. Refer to the motherboard layout page for jumper locations.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - How Jumpers Work - 1

Note: On two-pin jumpers, "Closed" means the jumper is on and "Open" means the jumper is off the pins.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - How Jumpers Work - 2

text_image Connector Pins Jumper Setting 3 2 1 ● ● ■ 3 2 1

CMOS Clear

JBT1 is used to clear CMOS, which will also clear any passwords. Instead of pins, this jumper consists of contact pads to prevent accidentally clearing the contents of CMOS.

To Clear CMOS

  1. First power down the system and unplug the power cord(s).
  2. Remove the cover of the chassis to access the motherboard.
  3. Remove the onboard battery from the motherboard.
  4. Short the CMOS pads with a metal object such as a small screwdriver for at least four seconds.
  5. Remove the screwdriver (or shorting device).
  6. Replace the cover, reconnect the power cord(s), and power on the system.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Clear CMOS - 1

Note: Clearing CMOS will also clear all passwords.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Clear CMOS - 2

JBT1 contact pads

Do not use the PW_ON connector to clear CMOS.

JF1 Pin 3 Function Selection

Use JP4 to set the function of pin 3 of JF1. Set JP4 with pins 1 and 2 jumped to the Reset Button. Set JP4 with pins 2 and 3 jumped to the UID Button (for SC802 front panel board). Refer to the table below for jumper settings.

JF1 Pin 3 Function SelectionJumper Settings
Jumper Setting Definition
Pins 1-2 Reset Button (Default)
Pins 2-3 UID Button (for SC802 Front Panel Board)

LAN Port Enable/Disable (X11DPD-M25 only)

Change the setting of JPL1 to enable or disable SFP28 LAN ports (JSFP0 and JSFP1). The default setting is Enable.

LAN Port Enable/Disable Jumper Settings
Jumper Setting Definition
Pins 1-2 Enable
Pins 2-3 Disable

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - LAN Port Enable/Disable (X11DPD-M25 only) - 1

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, memory, and peripheral components with component numbers and pin functions.
  1. CMOS Clear
  2. JF1 Pin 3 Function Selection (JP4)
  3. SFP28 LAN Ports (JSFP0/JSFP1) Enable/Disable (X11DPD-M25 only)

Manufacturing Mode

Close JPME2 to bypass SPI flash security and force the system to use the Manufacturing Mode, which will allow you to flash the system firmware from a host server to modify system settings. Refer to the table below for jumper settings.

Manufacturing Mode SelectJumper Settings
Jumper Setting Definition
Pins 1-2 Normal (Default)
Pins 2-3 Manufacturing Mode

I²C Bus for VRM

JVRM1 and JVRM2 allow the BMC or the PCH to access CPU and memory VRM controllers. Refer to the table below for jumper settings.

VRMJumper Settings
Jumper Setting Definition
Pins 1-2 BMC (Default)
Pins 2-3 PCH

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - I²C Bus for VRM - 1

text_image Circuit board layout diagram with labeled components including CPU, memory, and peripheral modules
  1. Manufacturing Mode
  2. I²C Bus for VRM Jumper (JVRM1)
  3. I²C Bus for VRM Jumper (JVRM2)

Watch Dog

JWD1 controls the Watch Dog function. Watch Dog is a monitor that can reboot the system when a software application hangs. Jumping pins 1-2 will cause Watch Dog to reset the system if an application hangs. Jumping pins 2-3 will generate a non-maskable interrupt signal for the application that hangs. Watch Dog must also be enabled in BIOS. The default setting is Reset.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Watch Dog - 1

Note: When Watch Dog is enabled, the user needs to write their own application software to disable it.

Watch DogJumper Settings
Jumper Setting Definition
Pins 1-2 Reset
Pins 2-3 NMI
Open Disabled

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Watch Dog - 2

text_image Labeled diagram of a computer motherboard showing CPU, RAM, BNC, and PLC components with pin connections and connectors.
  1. Watch Dog

2.9 LED Indicators

IPMI-Dedicated LAN LEDs

A dedicated IPMI LAN port is also included on the motherboard. The amber LED on the right of the IPMI LAN port indicates activity, while the green LED on the left indicates the speed of the connection. Refer to the table below for more information.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - IPMI-Dedicated LAN LEDs - 1

IPMI LAN LEDs
Color/State Definition
Link (left)Green: SolidAmber: Solid100 Mbps1 Gbps
Activity (Right) Amber: Blinking Active

SFP28 Port Link/Activity LED Indicators (LED\_L0/LED\_L1)

Please refer to page 46 for more information.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - SFP28 Port Link/Activity LED Indicators (LED\_L0/LED\_L1) - 1

text_image 1. IPMI LAN LEDs 2. SFP28 Port 0 Link/Activity LEDs (LED_L0) 3. SFP28 Port 1 Link/Activity LEDs (LED_L1)

BMC Heartbeat LED

LEDM1 is the BMC heartbeat LED. When the LED is blinking green, BMC is functioning normally. Refer to the table below for the LED status.

BMC Heartbeat LED Indicator
LED Color Definition
Green: Blinking BMC Normal

Onboard Power LED

The Onboard Power LED is located at LE2 on the motherboard. When this LED is lit, it means that power is present on the motherboard. In suspend mode, this LED will blink on and off. Be sure to turn off the system and unplug the power cord(s) before removing or installing components.

Onboard Power LED Indicator
LED Color Definition
Off System Off (power cable not connected)
Green System On

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Onboard Power LED - 1

text_image Circuit board layout diagram with labeled components including CPU, RAM, BNC, and PLCs
  1. BMC Heartbeat LED
  2. Onboard Power LED

Unit ID LED

A rear UID LED indicator at LE1 is located near the UID switch on the I/O back panel. This UID indicator provides easy identification of a system unit that may need service.

UID LED Indicator
LED Color Definition
Blue: On UnitIdentified

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Unit ID LED - 1

text_image Circuit board layout diagram with labeled components including CPU, memory, and peripheral modules like RAM, LED, and I/O ports.
  1. UID LED

Chapter 3

Troubleshooting

3.1 Troubleshooting Procedures

Use the following procedures to troubleshoot your system. If you have followed all of the procedures below and still need assistance, refer to the 'Technical Support Procedures' and/or 'Returning Merchandise for Service' section(s) in this chapter.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Troubleshooting Procedures - 1

Note: Always disconnect the AC power cord before adding, changing or installing any non hot-swap hardware components.

Before Power On

  1. Check that the power LED on the motherboard is on.
  2. Make sure that the power connector is connected to your power supply.
  3. Make sure that no short circuits exist between the motherboard and chassis.
  4. Disconnect all cables from the motherboard, including those for the keyboard and mouse.
  5. Remove all add-on cards.
  6. Install a CPU, a heatsink, and connect the power LED to the motherboard. Check all jumper settings as well. (Make sure that the heatsink is fully seated.)
  7. Use the correct type of onboard CMOS battery as recommended by the manufacturer. To avoid possible explosion, do not install the CMOS battery upside down.

No Power

  1. Make sure that no short circuits exist between the motherboard and the chassis.
  2. Verify that all jumpers are set to their default positions.
  3. Check that the 115V/230V switch on the power supply is properly set.
  4. Turn the power switch on and off to test the system.
  5. The battery on your motherboard may be old. If it is too old, replace it with a new one.

No Video

If the power is on but you have no video, remove all the add-on cards and cables, then clear CMOS.

System Boot Failure

If the system does not display POST (Power-On-Self-Test) or does not respond after the power is turned on, check the following:

  1. Clear the CMOS settings by unplugging the power cord and contacting both pads on the CMOS Clear Jumper (JBT1). Refer to Chapter 2.
  2. Remove all components from the motherboard, especially the DIMM modules.
  3. Turn on the system with only one DIMM module installed. If the system boots, check for bad DIMM modules or slots by following the Memory Errors Troubleshooting procedure in this Chapter.

Memory Errors

  1. Make sure that the DIMM modules are properly and fully installed.
  2. Check to ensure that you are using the correct memory. Also, it is recommended that you use the same memory type and speed for all DIMMs in the system. See Section 2.4 for memory details.
  3. Check for bad DIMM modules or slots by swapping modules between slots and noting the results.
  4. Check the power supply voltage 115V/230V switch.

Losing the System's Setup Configuration

  1. Make sure that you are using a high quality power supply. A poor quality power supply may cause the system to lose the CMOS setup information. Refer to Section 1.6 for details on recommended power supplies.
  2. The battery on your motherboard may be old. If it is too old, replace it with a new one.
  3. If the above steps do not fix the setup configuration problem, contact your vendor for repairs.

When the System Becomes Unstable

A. If the system becomes unstable during or after OS installation, check the following:

  1. CPU/BIOS support: Make sure that your CPU is supported by the motherboard and that you have the latest BIOS installed in your system.

  2. Memory support: Make sure that the memory modules are supported by testing the modules using memtest86 or a similar utility.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - When the System Becomes Unstable - 1

Note: Refer to the product page on our website at http://www.supermicro.com for memory and CPU support and updates.

  1. HDD support: Make sure that all hard disk drives (HDDs) work properly. Replace the bad HDDs with good ones.
  2. System cooling: Check the system cooling to make sure that all heatsink fans and CPU/system fans, etc., work properly. Check the hardware monitoring settings in the IPMI to ensure that the CPU and system temperatures are within the normal range. Also check the front panel Overheat LED and make sure that it is not on.
  3. Adequate power supply: Make sure that the power supply provides adequate power to the system. Make sure that all power connectors are connected. Please refer to our website for more information on the minimum power requirements.
  4. Proper software support: Make sure that the correct drivers are used.

B. If the system becomes unstable before or during OS installation, check the following:

  1. Source of installation: Make sure that the devices used for installation are working properly, including boot devices such as CD.
  2. Cable connection: Check to make sure that all cables are connected and working properly.
  3. Using the minimum configuration for troubleshooting: Remove all unnecessary components (starting with add-on cards first), and use the minimum configuration (but with a CPU and a memory module installed) to identify the trouble areas. Refer to the steps listed in Section A above for proper troubleshooting procedures.
  4. Identifying bad components by isolating them: If necessary, remove a component in question from the chassis, and test it in isolation to make sure that it works properly. Replace a bad component with a good one.
  5. Check and change one component at a time instead of changing several items at the same time. This will help isolate and identify the problem.

  6. To find out if a component is good, swap this component with a new one to see if the system will work properly. If so, then the old component is bad. You can also install the component in question in another system. If the new system works, the component is good and the old system has problems.

3.2 Technical Support Procedures

Before contacting Technical Support, please take the following steps. Also, note that as a motherboard manufacturer, we do not sell directly to end-users, so it is best to first check with your distributor or reseller for troubleshooting services. They should know of any possible problem(s) with the specific system configuration that was sold to you.

  1. Please review the 'Troubleshooting Procedures' and 'Frequently Asked Questions' (FAQs) sections in this chapter or see the FAQs on our website before contacting Technical Support.
  2. BIOS upgrades can be downloaded from our website. Note: Not all BIOS can be flashed; it depends on the modifications to the boot block code.
  3. If you still cannot resolve the problem, include the following information when contacting us for technical support:

  4. Motherboard model and PCB revision number

  5. BIOS release date/version (-this can be seen on the initial display when your system first boots up.)
  6. System configuration

An example of a Technical Support form is posted on our website.

Distributors: For immediate assistance, please have your account number ready when contacting our technical support department by e-mail.

3.3 Battery Removal and Installation

Battery Removal

To remove the onboard battery, follow the steps below:

  1. Power off your system and unplug your power cable.
  2. Locate the onboard battery as shown below
  3. Using a tool such as a pen or a small screwdriver, push the battery lock outwards to unlock it. Once unlocked, the battery will pop out from the holder.
  4. Remove the battery.

Proper Battery Disposal

Please handle used batteries carefully. Do not damage the battery in any way; a damaged battery may release hazardous materials into the environment. Do not discard a used battery in the garbage or a public landfill. Please comply with the regulations set up by your local hazardous waste management agency to dispose of your used battery properly.

Battery Installation

To install an onboard battery, follow the steps below:

  1. Power off your system and unplug your power cable.
  2. Locate the onboard battery as shown below
  3. Identify the battery's polarity. The positive (+) side should be facing up.
  4. Insert the battery into the battery holder and push it down until you hear a click to ensure that the battery is securely locked.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Battery Installation - 1

Note: When replacing a battery, be sure to only replace it with the same type.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Battery Installation - 2

text_image LITHIUM BATTERY BATTERY HOLDER OR LITHIUM BATTERY BATTERY HOLDER

3.4 Frequently Asked Questions

Question: What type of memory does my motherboard support?

Answer: This motherboard supports up to 4TB of 3DS Load Reduced DIMM (3DS LRDIMM), 3DS Registered DIMM (3DS RDIMM), or up to 2TB of Load Registered DIMM (LRDIMM), with speeds of 2933*/2666/2400/2133/1866/1600/1333 MHz modules in 16 memory slots. See Section 2.4 for details on Memory Support and Installation.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Frequently Asked Questions - 1

Note: Support for 2933MHz memory is dependent on the CPU SKU.

Question: Why can't I turn off the power using the momentary power on/off switch?

Answer: The instant power off function is controlled in BIOS by the Power Button Mode setting. When the On/Off feature is enabled, the motherboard will have instant off capabilities as long as the BIOS is in control of the system. When the Standby or Suspend feature is enabled or when the BIOS is not in control such as during memory count (the first screen that appears when the system is turned on), the momentary on/off switch must be held for more than four seconds to shut down the system. This feature is required to implement the ACPI features on the motherboard.

Question: How do I update my BIOS?

Answer: It is recommended that you do not upgrade your BIOS if you are not experiencing any problems with your system. Updated BIOS files are located on our website at http://www.supermicro.com/ResourceApps/BIOS_IPMI_Intel.html. Please check our BIOS warning message and the information on how to update your BIOS on our website. Select your motherboard model and download the BIOS file to your computer. Also, check the current BIOS revision to make sure that it is newer than your BIOS before downloading. Please refer to the following section for the instructions on how to update your BIOS under UEFI Shell.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Frequently Asked Questions - 2

Note: The SPI BIOS chip used on this motherboard cannot be removed. Send your motherboard back to our RMA Department at Supermicro for repair. For BIOS Recovery instructions, please refer to the AMI BIOS Recovery Instructions posted at http://www.supermicro.com/support/manuals/.

Question: How do I update my BIOS under UEFI Shell?

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Question: How do I update my BIOS under UEFI Shell? - 1

Note: We do not recommend that you update your BIOS if you are not experiencing a BIOS-related problem. If you need to update your BIOS, please follow the steps below to properly update your BIOS under UEFI Shell.

  1. Download and save the BIOS update package to your computer.

  2. Extract the files from the UEFI folder of the BIOS package to a USB stick.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Question: How do I update my BIOS under UEFI Shell? - 2

Note: The USB stick doesn't have to be bootable; however, it has to be formatted with the FAT/FAT32 file system.

  1. Insert the USB stick into a USB port, boot to the UEFI Built-In Shell, and enter the following commands to start the BIOS update:

Shell> fs0:

fs0:> cd UEFI

  1. The FLASH.NSH script will compare the Flash Descriptor Table (FDT) code in the new BIOS with the existing one in the motherboard:

a. If a different FDT is found

  • A new file, STARTUP.NSH, will be created, and the system will automatically reboot in 10 seconds without you pressing any key. BIOS will be updated after the system reboots.
  • You can also press to force an immediate system reboot to shorten the process. During system reboot, press the key to invoke the boot menu and boot into the build-in UEFI Shell. Your BIOS will be updated automatically.

b. If the FDT is the same

- BIOS update will be immediately performed without a system reboot initiated.

Warning: Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent possible system boot failure!)

  1. Perform an A/C power cycle after the message indicating the BIOS update has completed.
  2. Go to the BIOS setup utility, and restore the BIOS settings.

3.5 Returning Merchandise for Service

A receipt or copy of your invoice marked with the date of purchase is required before any warranty service is rendered. You can obtain service by calling your vendor for a Returned Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number. When returning to the manufacturer, the RMA number should be prominently displayed on the outside of the shipping carton and mailed prepaid or hand-carried. Shipping and handling charges will be applied for all orders that must be mailed when service is complete.

For faster service, RMA authorizations may be requested online (http://www.supermicro.com/support/rma/).

This warranty only covers normal consumer use and does not cover damages incurred in shipping or from failure due to the alteration, misuse, abuse or improper maintenance of products.

During the warranty period, contact your distributor first for any product problems.

Chapter 4

UEFI BIOS

4.1 Introduction

This chapter describes the AMIBIOS™ Setup utility for the X11DPD-L/-M25 motherboard. The BIOS is stored on a chip and can be easily upgraded using a flash program.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Introduction - 1

Note: Due to periodic changes to the BIOS, some settings may have been added or deleted and might not yet be recorded in this manual. Please refer to the Manual Download area of our website for any changes to the BIOS that may not be reflected in this manual.

Starting the Setup Utility

To enter the BIOS Setup utility, press the key while the system is booting up. (In most cases, the key is used to invoke the BIOS setup screen. There are a few cases when other keys are used, such as , , etc.) Each main BIOS menu option is described in this manual.

The Main BIOS screen has two main frames. The left frame displays all the options that can be configured. "Grayed-out" options cannot be configured. The right frame displays the key legend. Above the key legend is an area reserved for a text message. When an option is selected in the left frame, it is highlighted in white. Often a text message will accompany it. (Note that the BIOS has default text messages built in. We retain the option to include, omit, or change any of these text messages.) Settings printed in Bold are the default values.

A "▶" indicates a submenu. Highlighting such an item and pressing the key will open the list of settings within that submenu.

The BIOS Setup utility uses a key-based navigation system called hot keys. Most of these hot keys (, , , , , , keys, etc.) can be used at any time during the setup navigation process.

4.2 Main Setup

When you first enter the BIOS Setup utility, you will see the Main setup screen. You can always return to the Main setup screen by selecting the Main tab on the top of the screen. The Main BIOS setup screen is shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Main Setup - 1

text_image Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit System Date [Sat 01/25/2020] System Time I09:25:571 Supermicro X11DPD-L/H25 BIOS Version T20191211161909 Build Date 12/11/2019 CPLD Version 01.82.14 Memory Information Total Memory 32768 MB Set the Date. Use Tab to switch between Date elements. Default Ranges: Year: 1998-9999 Months: 1-12 Days: Dependent on month Range of Years may vary. +: Select Screen 1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESD: Exit Version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

System Date/System Time

Use this feature to change the system date and time. Highlight System Date or System Time using the arrow keys. Enter new values using the keyboard. Press the key or the arrow keys to move between fields. The date must be entered in MM/DD/YYYY format. The time is entered in HH:MM:SS format.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - System Date/System Time - 1

Note: The time is in the 24-hour format. For example, 5:30 P.M. appears as 17:30:00. The date's default value is the BIOS build date after the RTC (Read Time Clock) reset.

Supermicro X11DPD-L/M25

BIOS Version

This feature displays the version of the BIOS ROM used in the system.

Build Date

This feature displays the date when the version of the BIOS ROM used in the system was built.

CPLD Version

This feature displays the version of the CPLD (Complex-Programmable Logical Device) used in the system.

Memory Information

Total Memory

This feature displays the total size of memory available in the system.

4.3 Advanced Setup Configurations

Use the arrow keys to select the Advanced submenu and press to access the submenu items.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Advanced Setup Configurations - 1

text_image Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit Boot Feature CPU Configuration Chipset Configuration Server NE Information FCH SATA Configuration FCH sSATA Configuration PCIe/PCI/PnP Configuration Super IO Configuration Serial Port Console Redirection ACPI Settings Trusted Computing HTTP BOOT Configuration TLS Authenticate Configuration iSCSI Configuration Driver Health Boot Feature Configuration Page +: Select Screen ↑↓: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Warning: Take caution when changing the Advanced settings. An incorrect value, an improper DRAM frequency, or an incorrect BIOS timing setting may cause the system to malfunction. When this occurs, restore the setting to the manufacturer default setting.

▶Boot Feature

Quiet Boot

Use this feature to select the screen between displaying POST messages and the OEM logo at boot up. Select Disabled to display the POST messages. Select Enabled to display the OEM logo instead of the normal POST messages. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Quiet Boot - 1

Note: POST message is always displayed regardless of the item setting.

Option ROM Messages

Use this feature to set the display mode for the Option ROM. Select Keep Current to use the current AddOn ROM display settings. Select Force BIOS to use the Option ROM display mode set by the system BIOS. The options are Force BIOS and Keep Current.

Bootup NumLock State

Use this feature to set the Power-on state for the key. The options are On and Off.

Wait For "F1" If Error

Select Enabled to force the system to wait until the key is pressed if an error occurs. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

INT19 (Interrupt 19) Trap Response

Interrupt 19 is the software interrupt that handles the boot disk function. When this feature is set to Immediate, the ROM BIOS of the host adaptors will "capture" Interrupt 19 at bootup immediately and allow the drives that are attached to these host adaptors to function as bootable disks. If this feature is set to Postponed, the ROM BIOS of the host adaptors will not capture Interrupt 19 immediately to allow the drives attached to these adaptors to function as bootable devices at bootup. The options are Immediate and Postponed.

Re-try Boot

When EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot is selected, the system BIOS will automatically reboot the system from an EFI boot device after an initial boot failure. Select Legacy Boot to allow the BIOS to automatically reboot the system from a Legacy boot device after an initial boot failure. The options are Disabled, Legacy Boot, and EFI Boot.

Install Windows 7 USB Support

Select Enabled to install the Windows 7 USB utility to support legacy USB devices for Windows 7 systems. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Port 61h Bit-4 Emulation

Select Enabled for I/O Port 61h-Bit 4 emulation support to enhance system performance. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Power Configuration

Watch Dog Function

Select Enabled to allow the Watch Dog timer to reboot the system when it is inactive for more than five minutes. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Restore on AC Power Loss

Use this feature to set the power state after a power outage. Select Stay-Off for the system power to remain off after a power loss. Select Power-On for the system power to be turned on after a power loss. Select Last State to allow the system to resume its last power state before a power loss. The options are Stay Off, Power On, and Last State.

Power Button Function

This feature controls how the system shuts down when the power button is pressed. Select 4 Seconds Override for the user to power off the system after pressing and holding the power button for four seconds or longer. Select Instant Off to instantly power off the system as soon as the user presses the power button. The options are Instant Off and 4 Seconds Override.

▶CPU Configuration

Warning: Setting the wrong values in the following sections may cause the system to malfunction.

Processor Configuration

The following CPU information will display:

  • Processor BSP Revision
  • Processor Socket
  • Processor ID
  • Processor Frequency
  • Processor Max Ratio
  • Processor Min Ratio
  • Microcode Revision
  • L1 Cache RAM
  • L2 Cache RAM
  • L3 Cache RAM
  • Processor 0 Version
  • Processor 1 Version

Hyper-Threading [All] (Available when supported by the CPU)

Select Enabled to use Intel Hyper-threading Technology to enhance CPU performance. The options are Disable and Enable.

Cores Enabled

Use this feature to enable or disable CPU cores in the processor specified by the user. Use the <+> key and the <-> key on the keyboard to set the desired number of CPU cores you want to enable in a processor. Please note that the maximum of 24 CPU cores are currently available in each CPU package. The default setting is 0.

Monitor/Mwait

Select Enable to support Monitor and Mwait, which are two instructions in Streaming SIMD Extension 3 (SSE3), to improve synchronization between multiple threads for CPU performance enhancement. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

Execute Disable Bit (Available if supported by the OS and the CPU)

Select Enable for Execute Disable Bit support which will allow the processor to designate areas in the system memory where an application code can execute and where it cannot, thus preventing a worm or a virus from flooding illegal codes to overwhelm the processor, damaging the system during a virus attack. The options are Disable and Enable. (Refer to Intel and Microsoft websites for more information.)

Intel Virtualization Technology (Available when two processors are installed on the motherboard)

Select Enable to use Intel Virtualization Technology which will allow multiple workloads to share the same set of common resources. On shared virtualized hardware, various workloads (or tasks) can co-exist, sharing the same resources, while functioning in full independence from each other, and migrating freely across multi-level infrastructures and scale as needed. The options are Disable and Enable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Intel Virtualization Technology (Available when two processors are installed on the motherboard) - 1

Note: If a change is made to this setting, you will need to reboot the system for the change to take effect. Refer to Intel website for detailed information.

PPIN Control

Select Unlock/Enable to use the Protected-Processor Inventory Number (PPIN) in the system. The options are Lock/Disable and Unlock/Enable.

Hardware Prefetcher (Available when supported by the CPU)

If this feature is set to Enable, the hardware prefetcher will prefect data from the main system memory to Level 2 (L2) cache to help expedite data transaction for memory performance enhancement. The options are Enable and Disable.

Adjacent Cache Prefetch (Available when supported by the CPU)

Select Enable for the CPU to prefetch both cache lines for 128 bytes as comprised. Select Disable for the CPU to prefetch both cache lines for 64 bytes. The options are Enable and Disable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Adjacent Cache Prefetch (Available when supported by the CPU) - 1

Note: Please power off and reboot the system for the changes you've made to take effect. Please refer to Intel website for detailed information.

DCU Streamer Prefetcher (Available when supported by the CPU)

If this feature is set to Enable, the DCU (Data Cache Unit) streamer prefetcher will prefetch data streams from the cache memory to the DCU (Data Cache Unit) to speed up data accessing and processing to enhance CPU performance. The options are Enable and Disable.

DCU IP Prefetcher (Available when supported by the CPU)

This feature allows the system to use the sequential load history, which is based on the instruction pointer of previous loads, to determine whether the system will prefetch additional lines. The options are Enable and Disable.

LLC Prefetch

If this feature is set to Enable, LLC (hardware cache) prefetching on all threads will be supported. The options are Disable and Enable.

Extended APIC (Extended Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller)

Based on the Intel Hyper-Threading technology, each logical processor (thread) is assigned 256 APIC IDs (APIDs) in 8-bit bandwidth. When this feature is set to Enable, the APIC ID will be expanded from 8 bits to 16 bits to provide 512 APIDs to each thread to enhance CPU performance. The options are Disable and Enable.

AES-NI

Select Enable to use the Intel Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) New Instructions (NI) to ensure data security. The options are Disable and Enable.

▶Advanced Power Management Configuration

Power Technology

Select Energy Efficient to support power-saving mode. Select Custom to customize system power settings. Select Disabled to disable power-saving settings. The options are Disable, Energy Efficient, and Custom.

Power Performance Tuning (Available when Power Technology is set to Custom)

Select BIOS to allow the system BIOS to configure the Power-Performance Tuning Bias setting. The options are OS Controls EPB and BIOS Controls EPB.

ENERGY\_PERF\_BIAS\_CFG mode (ENERGY PERFORMANCE BIAS CONFIGURATION Mode) (Available when Power Performance Tuning is set to BIOS Controls EPB)

Use this feature to set the processor power use policy to achieve the desired operation settings for your machine by prioritizing system performance or energy savings. Select Maximum Performance to maximize system performance (to its highest potential); however, this may result in maximum power consumption as energy is needed to fuel the processor frequency. The higher the performance is, the higher the power consumption will be.

Select Max Power Efficient to maximize power saving; however, system performance may be substantially impacted because limited power use decreases the processor frequency. The options are Maximum Performance, Performance, Balanced Performance, Balanced Power, and Power.

▶CPU P State Control (Available when Power Technology is set to Custom)

SpeedStep (P-States)

EIST (Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology) allows the system to automatically adjust processor voltage and core frequency in an effort to reduce power consumption and heat dissipation. Please refer to Intel website for detailed information. The options are Disable and Enable.

Config (Configuring) TDP (Available when SpeedStep is set to Enable and when the 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP 8260Y/6240Y/4214Y processor is used)

This Feature allows the user to configure the maximum CPU TDP (Thermal Design Power) level for the system. The TDP level is subject to chassis and heatsink cooling restrictions. For proper thermal management, please check the chassis and heatsink specifications for proper CPU TDP sizing. The options are Normal, Level 1, and Level 2.

Intel Speed Select (Available when SpeedStep is set to Enable and when the 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP 8260Y/6240Y/4214Y processor is used)

This feature allows the user to configure up to two additional base frequency settings for the processors used in your system as shown in the display below. The options are Base, Config 1, and Config 2.

EIST PSD Function (Available when SpeedStep is set to Enable)

Use this item to configure the processor's P-State coordination settings. During a P-State, the voltage and frequency of the processor will be reduced when it is in operation. This makes the processor more energy efficient, resulting in further energy gains. The options are HW_ALL, SW_ALL, and SW-ANY.

Turbo Mode (Available when SpeedStep is set to Enable)

Select Enable for processor cores to run faster than the frequency specified by the manufacturer. The options are Disable and Enable.

Activate PBF (Available when SpeedStep is set to Enable and when the 2nd Gen Intel Xeon Scalable-SP 6252N/6230N/5218N processor is used)

Select Enable to support Prioritized Base Frequency (PBF), which will increase the base frequency on high-priority cores and decrease the base frequency on low-priority cores to improve CPU performance. The options are Disable and Enable.

Configure PBF (Available when Activate PBF is set to Enable)

Select Enable to allow the BIOS to configure high priority CPU cores as Prioritized Base Frequency (PBF) so that software programs do not have to configure the PBF settings. This feature is available when it is supported by the CPUs used in the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

▶Hardware PM (Power Management) State Control (Available when Power Technology is set to Custom)

Hardware P-States

If this feature is set to Disable, hardware will choose a P-state setting for the system based on an OS request. If this feature is set to Native Mode, hardware will choose a P-state setting based on OS guidance. If this feature is set to Native Mode with No Legacy Support, hardware will choose a P-state setting independently without OS guidance. The options are Disable, Native Mode, Out of Band Mode, and Native Mode with No Legacy Support.

▶CPU C State Control (Available when Power Technology is set to Custom)

Autonomous Core C-State

Select Enable to support Autonomous Core C-State control which will allow the processor core to control its C-State setting automatically and independently. The options are Disable and Enable.

CPU C6 report (Available when Autonomous Core C-State is set to Disable)

Select Enable to allow the BIOS to report the CPU C6 state (ACPI C3) to the operating system. During the CPU C6 state, power to all caches is turned off. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

Enhanced Halt State (C1E) (Available when Autonomous Core C-State is set to Disable)

Select Enable to enable "Enhanced Halt State" support, which will significantly reduce the CPU's power consumption by minimizing CPU's clock cycles and reduce voltage during a "Halt State." The options are Disable and Enable.

▶Package C State Control (Available when Power Technology is set to Custom)

Package C State

This feature is used to optimize and reduce CPU package power consumption in idle mode. Please note that the changes you've made in this setting will affect all CPU cores or the circuits of the entire system. The options are C0/C1 state, C2 state, C6 (non Retention) state, C6 (Retention) state, No Limit, and Auto.

▶CPU T State Control (Available when Power Technology is set to Custom)

Software Controlled T-States

If this feature is set to Enable, CPU throttling settings will be supported by the software of the system. The options are Disable and Enable

▶Chipset Configuration

Warning: Setting the wrong values in the following features may cause the system to malfunction.

▶North Bridge

This feature allows the user to configure the settings for the Intel North Bridge.

▶UPI (Ultra Path Interconnect) Configuration

UPI Configuration

The following information will be displayed:

• Number of CPU
• Number of Active UPI Link
- Current UPI Link Speed
• Current UPI Link Frequency
• UPI Global MMIO Low Base/Limit
• UPI Global MMIO High Base/Limit
• UPI Pci-e Configuration Base/Size

Degrade Precedence

Use this feature to select the degrading precedence option for Ultra Path Interconnect (UPI) connections. Select Topology Precedent to degrade UPI features if system options are in conflict. Select Feature Precedent to degrade UPI topology if system options are in conflict. The options are Topology Precedence and Feature Precedence.

Select Enable for the system BIOS to enable Link L0p support which will allow the CPU to reduce the UPI links from full width to half width in the event when the CPU's workload is low in an attempt to save power. This feature is available for the system that uses Intel processors with UPI technology support. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Link L0p Enable - 1

Note: You can change the performance settings for non-standard applications by using this parameter. It is recommended that the default settings be used for standard applications.

Select Enable for the BIOS to activate Link L1 support which will power down the UPI links to save power when the system is idle. This feature is available for the system that uses Intel processors with UPI technology support. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Link L1 Enable - 1

Note: Link L1 is an excellent feature for an idle system. L1 is used during Package C-States when its latency is hidden by other components during a wakeup.

IO Directory Cache (IODC)

Select Enable for the IODC (I/O Directory Cache) to generate snoops instead of generating memory lockups for remote IIO (InvIToM) and/or WCiLF (Cores). Select Auto for the IODC to generate snoops (instead of memory lockups) for WCiLF (Cores). The options are Disable, Auto, Enable for Remote InvItoM Hybrid Push, InvItoM AllocFlow, Enable for Remote InvItoM Hybrid AllocNonAlloc, and Enable for Remote InvItoM and Remote WViLF.

SNC

Select Enable to use "Sub NUMA Clustering" (SNC), which supports full SNC (2-cluster) interleave and 1-way IMC interleave. Select Auto for 1-cluster or 2-cluster support depending on the status of IMC (Integrated Memory Controller) Interleaving. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

XPT Prefetch

Select Enable for XPT (Extended Prediction Table) Prefetch support which will allow an LLC request to be duplicated and sent to an appropriate memory controller based on the recent LLC history to reduce latency. The options are Disable and Enable.

KTI Prefetch

If this feature is set to Enable, the KTI prefetcher will preload the L1 cache with data deemed relevant to allow the memory read to start earlier on a DDR bus in an effort to reduce latency. The options are Disable and Enable.

Local/Remote Threshold

This feature allows the user to set the threshold for the Interrupt Request (IRQ) signal, which handles hardware interruptions. The options are Disable, Auto, Low, Medium, and High.

Stale AtoS (A to S)

The in-memory directory has three states: I, A, and S states. The I (-invalid) state indicates that the data is clean and does not exist in the cache of any other sockets. The A (-snoop All) state indicates that the data may exist in another socket in an exclusive or modified state. The S state (-Shared) indicates that the data is clean and may be shared in the caches across one or more sockets. When the system is performing "read" on the memory and if the directory line is in A state, we must snoop all other sockets because another socket may have the line in a modified state. If this is the case, a "snoop" will return the modified data. However, it may be the case that a line "reads" in an A state, and all the snoops come back with a "miss". This can happen if another socket reads the line earlier and then has silently dropped it from its cache without modifying it. If the "Stale AtoS" feature is enabled, a line will transition to the S state when the line in the A state returns only snoop misses. That way, subsequent reads to the line will encounter it in the S state and will not have to snoop, saving the latency and snoop bandwidth. Stale "AtoS" may be beneficial in a workload where there are many cross-socket reads. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

LLC Dead Line Alloc

Select Enable to opportunistically fill the deadlines in the LLC. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

Isoc Mode

Select Enable to enable Isochronous support to meet QoS (Quality of Service) requirements. This feature is especially important for Virtualization Technology. The options are Disable, Enable, and Auto.

▶ Memory Configuration

Integrated Memory Controller (iMC)

Enforce POR

Select POR to enforce POR restrictions for DDR4 memory frequency and voltage programming. The options are POR and Disable.

PPR Type

Post Package Repair (PPR) is a new feature available for the DDR4 Technology. PPR provides additional spare capacity within a DDR4 DRAM module that is used to replace faulty cell areas detected during system boot. PPR offers two types of memory repairs. Soft Post Package Repair (sPPR) provides a quick, temporary fix on a raw element in a bank group of a DDR4 DRAM device, while hard Post Package Repair (hPPR) will take a longer time to provide a permanent repair on a raw element. The options are Auto, Hard PPR, Soft PPR, and PPR Disabled.

Enhanced PPR

Use this feature to enable or disable DRAM Test and Postpackage Repair function during POST. The options are Disable and Enable.

Operation Mode

Use this feature to set Test Only or Test/Repair from the Enhanced PPR. The options are Test and Repair and Test Only.

Memory Frequency

Use this feature to set the maximum memory frequency for onboard memory modules. The options are Auto, 1866, 2000, 2133, 2400, 2666, and 2933. (Note: Support for 2933 MHz memory is dependent on the CPU SKU.)

Data Scrambling for DDR4

Select Enable to enable data scrambling for DDR4 memory to enhance system performance and security. Select Auto for the default setting of the Memory Reference Code (MRC) to set configure data scrambling for DDR4 setting. The options are Auto, Disable, and Enable.

tCCD\_L Relaxation

If this feature is set to Enable, SPD (Serial Presence Detect) will override tCCD_L ("Column to Column Delay-Long", or "Command to Command Delay-Long" on the column side.) If this feature is set to Disable, tCCD_L will be enforced based on the memory frequency. The options are Disable and Auto.

tRWSR (Read to Write turnaround time for Same Rank) Relaxation

Select Enable to use the same tRWSR DDR timing setting among all memory channels, and in which case, the worst case value among all channels will be used. Select Disable to use different values for the tRWSR DDR timing settings for different channels as trained. The options are Disable and Enable.

tRFC Optimization for 16Gb Based DIMM

Use this feature to select the 16Gb Based DIMM Refresh Cycle time The options are Auto, Force 350ns, and Force 550ns.

Enable ADR (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

Select Enable for ADR (Async DIMM Self-Refresh) support to enhance memory performance. The options are Disable and Enable.

Data Scrambling for NVDIMM (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

Select Enable to enable data scrambling support for onboard NVDIMM memory to improve system performance and security. The options are Auto, Disable, and Enable.

Erase-Arm NVDIMMs (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

If this feature is set to Enable, the function that arms the NVDIMMs for safe operations in the event of a power loss will be removed. The options are Disable and Enable.

Restore NVDIMMs (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

Select Enable to restore the functionality and the features of NVDIMMs. The options are Disable and Enable.

Interleave NVDIMMs (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

If this feature is set to Enable, all onboard NVDIMM modules will be configured together as a group for the interleave mode. If this item is set to Disable, individual NVDIMM modules will be configured separately for the interleave mode. The options are Disable and Enable.

Reset Trigger ADR (Async DIMM Self-Refresh) (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

Upon system power loss, an ADR sequence will be triggered to allow ADR to flush the write-protected data buffers in the memory controller and place the DRAM memory in self-refresh mode. When this process is complete, the NVDIMM will then take control of the DRAM memory and transfer the contents to the onboard Flash memory. After the transfer is complete, the NVDIMM goes into a zero power state. The data transferred will be retained for the duration specified by the flash memory. The options are Disable and Enable.

S5 Trigger ADR (Available when any NVDIMM is installed)

Select Enabled to support S5-Triggered ADR to enhance system performance and data integrity. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

2X Refresh

Select Enable for memory 2X refresh support to enhance memory performance. The options are Auto and Enable.

Page Policy

Use this feature to set the page policy for onboard memory support. The options are Auto, Closed, and Adaptive.

IMC Interleaving

Use this feature to configure interleaving settings for the IMC (Integrated Memory Controller), which will improve memory performance. The options are Auto, 1-way Interleave, and 2-way Interleave.

DCPMM Average Power Budget (in mW) (Available when any DCPMM is installed)

This feature sets the power management policy for average power use (in an increment of 250 mW). The default setting is 15000.

DCPMM QoS (Available when any DCPMM is installed)

Use this feature to enable QoS tuning recipes for Intel DCPMM. The options are Enable and Disable.

DCPMM Performance Setting (Available when any DCPMM is installed)

This feature sets the DCPMM baseline performance, which is based on the workload behavior. Select BW Optimized for a optimized DDR and DDR-T bandwidth. Select Latency Optimized for a better DDR latency. The options are BW Optimized and Latency Optimized.

▶Memory Topology

This feature displays the information of onboard memory modules as detected by the BIOS, such as P1 DIMMA1 and P1 DIMM01.

▶Memory RAS (Reliability\_Availability\_Serviceability) Configuration

Use this submenu to configure the following Memory RAS settings.

Memory RAS Configuration Setup

Static Virtual Lockstep Mode

Select Enable to support Static Virtual Lockstep mode to enhance memory performance. The options are Disable and Enable.

Mirror Mode

Use this feature to configure the mirror mode settings for all 1LM/2LM memory modules installed in the system which will create a duplicate copy of data stored in the memory to increase memory security, but it will reduce the memory capacity into half. The options are Disable, Mirror Mode 1LM, and Mirror Mode 2LM.

Memory Rank Sparing

Select Enable to support memory-rank sparing to optimize memory performance. The options are Disable and Enable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Memory Rank Sparing - 1

Note: This feature will not be available when memory mirror mode is set to Mirror Mode 1LM or an AEP device is plugged in.

Multi Rank Sparing (Available when Memory Rank Sparing is set to Enable)

Use this feature to set the multiple rank sparing number. The default setting and the maximum is two ranks per channel. The options are One Rank and Two Rank.

Correctable Error Threshold

Use this item to enter the threshold value for correctable memory errors. The default setting is 512.

Intel Run Sure

Select Enable to use Intel Run Sure Technology which will enhance critical data protection and increase system uptime and resiliency. The options are Disable and Enable.

SDDC Plus One

SDDC (Single Device Data Correction) checks and corrects single-bit or multiple-bit (4-bit max.) memory faults that affect an entire single x4 DRAM device. SDDC Plus One, an enhanced feature to SDDC, copies data stored in a faulty DRAM device to a spare device when an SDDC event has occurred. After the event, the SDDC+1 ECC mode is activated to protect against any additional memory failure caused by a 'single-bit' error in the same memory rank. The options are Disable and Enable. (Note: SDDC or SDDC Plus One is available when it is supported by the processors installed on the motherboard.)

ADDDC Sparing (Adaptive Double Device Data Correction) Sparing

Select Enable for Adaptive Double Device Data Correction (ADDDC) support, which will not only provide memory error checking and correction but will also prevent the system from issuing a performance penalty before a device fails. Please note that virtual lockstep mode will only start to work for ADDDC after a faulty DRAM module is spared. The options are Disable and Enable.

Patrol Scrub

Patrol Scrubbing is a process that allows the CPU to correct correctable memory errors detected in a memory module and send the corrections to the requestor (the original source). When this feature is set to Enable, the IO hub will read and write back one cache line every 16K cycles if there is no delay caused by internal processing. By using this method, roughly 64 GB of memory behind the IO hub will be scrubbed every day. The options are Disable and Enable.

Patrol Scrub Interval

Use this item to specify the number of hours (between 0 to 24) required for the system to complete a full patrol scrubbing. Enter 0 for patrol scrubbing to be performed automatically. The default setting is 24.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Patrol Scrub Interval - 1

Note: This feature is hidden when Patrol Scrub is set to Disable.

▶IIO Configuration

IIO Configuration

EV DFX (Device Function On-Hide) Features

When this feature is set to Enable, the EV_DFX Lock Bits that are located in a processor will always remain clear during electric tuning. The options are Disable and Enable.

▶CPU1 Configuration

IOU0 (IIO PCIe Br1)

Use this feature to configure the PCIe Bifurcation setting for a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are x4x4x4x4, x4x4x8, x8x4x4, x8x8, x16, and Auto.

IOU1 (IIO PCIe Br2)

Use this feature to configure the PCIe Bifurcation setting for a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are x4x4x4x4, x4x4x8, x8x4x4, x8x8, x16, and Auto.

IOU2 (IIO PCIe Br3)

Use this feature to configure the PCIe Bifurcation setting for a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are x4x4x4x4, x4x4x8, x8x4x4, x8x8, x16, and Auto.

▶CPU1 AIOM PCI-E X16 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

• PCI-E Port Link Status
- PCI-E Port Link Max
• PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶CPU1 SLOT9 PCI-E 3.0 X16 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

  • PCI-E Port Link Status
  • PCI-E Port Link Max
  • PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶CPU1 SLOT6 PCI-E 3.0 X8 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

  • PCI-E Port Link Status
  • PCI-E Port Link Max
  • PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

CPU2 Configuration

IOU0 (IIO PCIe Br1)

Use this feature to configure the PCIe Bifurcation setting for a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are x4x4x4x4, x4x4x8, x8x4x4, x8x8, x16, and Auto.

IOU1 (IIO PCIe Br2)

Use this feature to configure the PCIe Bifurcation setting for a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are x4x4x4x4, x4x4x8, x8x4x4, x8x8, x16, and Auto.

IOU2 (IIO PCIe Br3)

Use this feature to configure the PCIe Bifurcation setting for a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are x4x4x4x4, x4x4x8, x8x4x4, x8x8, x16, and Auto.

▶P2\_NVMe1 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

• PCI-E Port Link Status
- PCI-E Port Link Max
- PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶P2\_NVMe2 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

• PCI-E Port Link Status
- PCI-E Port Link Max
- PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶P2\_NVMe3 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

• PCI-E Port Link Status
- PCI-E Port Link Max
- PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶P2\_NVMe4 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

• PCI-E Port Link Status
- PCI-E Port Link Max
- PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶CPU2 SLOT5 PCI-E 3.0 X16 (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Use this feature to configure the link speed of a PCIe port specified by the user. The options are Auto, Gen 1 (2.5 GT/s), Gen 2 (5 GT/s), and Gen 3 (8 GT/s).

The following information is displayed:

• PCI-E Port Link Status
- PCI-E Port Link Max
- PCI-E Port Link Speed

PCI-E Port Max (Maximum) Payload Size

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum payload value for a PCIe device specified by to user for system performance enhancement. The options are 128B, 256B, and Auto.

▶IOAT (Intel IO Acceleration Technology) Configuration

Disable TPH (TLP Processing Hint)

TPH is used for data-tagging with a destination ID and a few important attributes. It can send critical data to a particular cache without writing through to memory. Select No in this item for TLP Processing Hint support, which will allow a "TPL request" to provide "hints" to help optimize the processing of each transaction occurred in the target memory space. The options are No and Yes.

Prioritize TPH (TLP Processing Hint)

Select Yes to prioritize the TPL requests that will allow the "hints" to be sent to help facilitate and optimize the processing of certain transactions in the system memory. The options are Enable and Disable.

Relaxed Ordering

Select Enable to allow certain transactions to be processed and completed before other transactions that have already been enqueued. The options are Disable and Enable.

▶Intel® VT for Directed I/O (VT-d)

Intel® VT for Directed I/O (VT-d)

Select Enable to use Intel Virtualization Technology support for Direct I/O VT-d by reporting the I/O device assignments to the VMM (Virtual Machine Monitor) through the DMAR ACPI tables. This feature offers fully-protected I/O resource sharing across Intel platforms, providing greater reliability, security and availability in networking and data-sharing. The options are Enable and Disable.

ACS (Access Control Services) Control

Select Enable to program Access Control Services to Chipset PCIe Root Port Bridges. Select Disable to program Access Control Services to all PCIe Root Port Bridges. The options are Enable and Disable.

Interrupt Remapping

If this feature is set to Enable, I/O DMA transfer remapping and device-generated interrupts will be supported. The options are Enable and Disable.

PassThrough DMA

Select Enable for the Non-Isoch VT-d engine to pass through DMA (Direct Memory Access) to enhance system performance. The options are Enable and Disable.

ATS

Select Enable to enable ATS (Address Translation Services) support for the Non-Isoch VT-d engine to enhance system performance. The options are Enable and Disable.

Posted Interrupt

Select Enable to support VT_D Posted Interrupt which will allow external interrupts to be sent directly from a direct-assigned device to a client machine in non-root mode

to improve virtualization efficiency by simplifying interrupt migration and lessening the need of physical interrupts. The options are Enable and Disable.

Coherency Support (Non-Isoch)

Select Enable for the Non-Isoch VT-d engine to pass through DMA (Direct Memory Access) to enhance system performance. The options are Enable and Disable.

Intel® VMD technology

This section describes the configuration settings for the Intel Volume Management Device (VMD) Technology.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Intel® VMD technology - 1

Note: After you've enabled VMD on a PCIe slot of your choice, this PCIe slot will be dedicated for VMD use only, and it will no longer support any PCIe device. To re-activate this slot for PCIe use, please disable VMD.

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device on CPU1

VMD Config for PStack1

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack1

Select Enable to use the Intel Volume Management Device Technology for this stack. The options are Disable and Enable.

*If the feature, Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack1, is set to Enable, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

CPU1 SLOT9 PCI-E 3.0 X16 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VMD Config for PStack1 - 1

Note: After you've enabled VMD support on a NMVe port, this port will be dedicated for VMD use only. To reactivate this port for NMVe use, please disable VMD support on the port.

Hot Plug Capable (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Hot Plug support for the root ports specified by the user, which will allow the user to change the devices on those root ports without shutting down the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

VMD Config for PStack2

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack2

Select Enable to use the Intel Volume Management Device Technology for this stack. The options are Disable and Enable.

*If the feature, Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack2, is set to Enable, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

CPU1 SLOT6 PCI-E 3.0 X8 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VMD Config for PStack2 - 1

Note: After you've enabled VMD support on a NMVe port, this port will be dedicated for VMD use only. To reactivate this port for NMVe use, please disable VMD support on the port.

Hot Plug Capable (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Hot Plug support for the root ports specified by the user, which will allow the user to change the devices on those root ports without shutting down the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device on CPU2

VMD Config for PStack0

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack0

Select Enable to use the Intel Volume Management Device Technology for this stack. The options are Disable and Enable.

*If the feature, Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack0, is set to Enable, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

P2_NVMe1 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

P2_NVMe2 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

P2_NVMe3 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

P2_NVMe4 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - VMD Config for PStack0 - 1

Note: After you've enabled VMD support on a NMVe port, this port will be dedicated for VMD use only. To reactivate this port for NMVe use, please disable VMD support on the port.

Hot Plug Capable (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Hot Plug support for the root ports specified by the user, which will allow the user to change the devices on those root ports without shutting down the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

VMD Config for PStack1

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack1

Select Enable to use the Intel Volume Management Device Technology for this stack. The options are Disable and Enable.

*If the feature, Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack1, is set to Enable, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

Hot Plug Capable (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Hot Plug support for the root ports specified by the user, which will allow the user to change the devices on those root ports without shutting down the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

VMD Config for PStack2

Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack2

Select Enable to use the Intel Volume Management Device Technology for this stack. The options are Disable and Enable.

*If the feature, Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device for PStack2, is set to Enable, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

CPU2 SLOT5 PCI-E 3.0 X16 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Intel Volume Management Device Technology support for the root port specified by the user. The options are Disable and Enable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CPU2 SLOT5 PCI-E 3.0 X16 VMD (Available when the device is detected by the system) - 1

Note: After you've enabled VMD support on a NMVe port, this port will be dedicated for VMD use only. To reactivate this port for NMVe use, please disable VMD support on the port.

Hot Plug Capable (Available when the device is detected by the system)

Select Enable to enable Hot Plug support for the root ports specified by the user, which will allow the user to change the devices on those root ports without shutting down the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

IIO-PCIE Express Global Options

PCI-E Completion Timeout Disable

Use this feature to select the PCIe Completion Time-out settings. The options are Yes, No, and Per-Port.

▶ South Bridge

The following South Bridge information is displayed:

  • USB Module Version
  • USB Devices

Legacy USB Support

Select Enabled to support onboard legacy USB devices. Select Auto to disable legacy support if there are no legacy USB devices present. Select Disable to have all USB devices available for EFI applications only. The options are Enabled, Disabled, and Auto.

XHCI Hand-off

This is a work-around solution for operating systems that do not support XHCI (Extensible Host Controller Interface) hand-off. The XHCI ownership change should be claimed by the XHCI driver. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

Port 60/64 Emulation

Select Enabled for I/O port 60h/64h emulation support, which in turn, will provide complete legacy USB keyboard support for the operating systems that do not support legacy USB devices. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

PCIe PLL SSC

Select Enabled for PCH PCIe Spread Spectrum Clocking support, which will allow the BIOS to monitor and attempt to reduce the level of Electromagnetic Interference caused by the components whenever needed. The options are Disable and Enable.

▶Server ME (Management Engine) Information

This feature displays the following general ME configuration settings.

• Oper. (Operational) Firmware Version
• Backup Firmware Version
• Recovery Firmware Version
• ME Firmware Status #1

• ME Firmware Status #2
- Current State
- Error Code

▶PCH SATA Configuration

When this submenu is selected, the AMI BIOS automatically detects the presence of the SATA devices that are supported by the Intel PCH chip and displays the following items:

SATA Controller

This item enables or disables the onboard SATA controller supported by the Intel PCH chip. The options are Disable and Enable.

Configure SATA as (Available when SATA Controller is set to Enable)

Select AHCI to configure a SATA drive specified by the user as an AHCI drive. Select RAID to configure a SATA drive specified by the user as a RAID drive. The options are AHCI and RAID.

SATA HDD Unlock (Available when SATA Controller is set to Enable)

Select Enable to unlock SATA HDD password in the OS. The options are Disable and Enable.

SATA RSTe Boot Info (Available when Configure SATA as is set to RAID)

When this feature is set to Enable, the SATA Controller provides full int 13h support for SATA controller attached devices. CSM storage OPROM policy should be set to legacy to make this selection effective. The options are Disable and Enable.

When this feature is set to Enable, the SATA AHCI controller manages the power use of the SATA link. The controller will put the link in a low power mode during an extended period of I/O inactivity, and will return the link to an active state when I/O activity resumes. The options are Disable and Enable.

SATA RAID Option ROM/UEFI Driver (Available when Configure SATA as is set to RAID)

Select EFI to load the EFI driver for system boot. Select Legacy to load a legacy driver for system boot. The options are Disable, EFI, and Legacy.

SATA Port 0 \~ SATA Port 7

Hot Plug

Select Enable to support Hot-plugging for the device installed on a selected SATA port which will allow the user to replace the device installed in the slot without shutting down the system. The options are Disable and Enable.

Spin Up Device

When this feature is set to Enable, the SATA device installed on the SATA port specified by the user will start a COMRESET initialization when an edge is detected from 0 to 1. The options are Disable and Enable.

SATA Device Type

Use this feature to specify if the device installed on the SATA port specified by the user should be connected to a Solid State drive or a Hard Disk Drive. The options are Hard Disk Drive and Solid State Drive.

▶PCH sSATA Configuration

When this submenu is selected, the AMI BIOS automatically detects the presence of the sSATA devices that are supported by the sSATA controller and displays the following items:

sSATA Controller

This feature enables or disables the onboard sSATA controller supported by the Intel PCH. The options are Enable and Disable.

Configure sSATA as (Available when sSATA Controller is set to Enable)

Select AHCI to configure an sSATA drive specified by the user as an AHCI drive. Select RAID to configure an sSATA drive specified by the user as a RAID drive. The options are AHCI and RAID.

SATA HDD Unlock (Available when sSATA Controller is set to Enable)

Select Enable to unlock sSATA HDD password in the OS. The options are Disable and Enable.

sSATA RSTe Boot Info (Available when Configure sSATA as is set to RAID)

When this feature is set to Enable, the SATA Controller provides full int 13h support for SATA controller attached devices. CSM storage OPROM policy should be set to legacy to make this selection effective. The default options are Disable and Enable.

When this feature is set to Enable, the sSATA AHCI controller manages the power use of the sSATA link. The controller will put the link in a low power mode during an extended period of I/O inactivity, and will return the link to an active state when I/O activity resumes. The options are Disable and Enable.

sSATA RAID Option ROM/UEFI Driver (Available when Configure sSATA as is set to RAID)

Select EFI to load the EFI driver for system boot. Select Legacy to load a legacy driver for system boot. The options are Disable, EFI, and Legacy.

sSATA Port 0 \~ sSATA Port 5

Hot Plug

Select Enable to support Hot-plugging for the device installed on an sSATA port specified by the user which will allow the user to replace the device installed in the slot without shutting down the system. The options are Disabled and Enable.

Spin Up Device

This setting allows the SATA device installed on the SATA port specified by the user to start a COMRESET initialization when an edge is detected from 0 to 1. The options are Disable and Enable.

sSATA Device Type

Use this feature to specify if the device installed on the sSATA port specified by the user should be connected to a Solid State drive or a Hard Disk Drive. The options are Hard Disk Drive and Solid State Drive.

▶PCIe/PCI/PnP Configuration

The following information is displayed:

- PCI Bus Driver Version

PCI Devices Common Settings:

Above 4G Decoding (Available if the system supports 64-bit PCI decoding)

Select Enabled to decode a PCI device that supports 64-bit in the space above 4G Address. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

SR-IOV Support (Available if the system supports Single-Root Virtualization)

Select Enabled for Single-Root IO Virtualization support. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

ARI Support

Select Enabled for the Alternative Routing ID Interpretation support The options are Disabled and Enabled.

MMIO High Base

Use this feature to select the base memory size according to memory-address mapping for the IO hub. The options are 56T, 40T, 24T, 16T, 4T, 2T, and 1T.

MMIO High Granularity Size

Use this feature to select the high memory size according to memory-address mapping for the IO hub. The options are 1G, 4G, 16G, 64G, 256G, and 1024G.

Maximum Read Request

Select Auto for the system BIOS to automatically set the maximum size for a read request for a PCIe device to enhance system performance. The options are Auto, 128 Bytes, 256 Bytes, 512 Bytes, 1024 Bytes, 2048 Bytes, and 4096 Bytes.

MMCFG Base

This feature determines how the lowest MMCFG (Memory-Mapped Configuration) base is assigned to onboard PCI devices. The options are 1G, 1.5G, 1.75G. 2G, 2.25G, and 3G.

NVMe Firmware Source

This feature determines which type of the NVMe firmware should be used in your system. The options are Vendor Defined Firmware and AMI Native Support.

VGA Priority

Use this feature to select the graphics device to be used as the primary video display for system boot. The options are Onboard and Offboard.

CPU1 AIOM PCI-E X16 OPROM/ CPU1 SLOT9 PCI-E 3.0 X16 OPROM/ CPU1 SLOT6 PCI-E 3.0 X8 OPROM/ CPU2 SLOT5 PCI-E 3.0 X16 OPROM/ M.2-H\_1 OPROM/ M.2-H\_2 OPROM

Select EFI to allow the user to boot the computer using an EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) device installed on the PCIe slot specified by the user. Select Legacy to allow the user to boot the computer using a legacy device installed on the PCIe slot specified by the user. The options are Disabled, Legacy, and EFI. (Note: Riser card names may differ in each system.).

Bus Master Enable

If this setting is set to Enabled, the PCI Bus Driver will enable the Bus Master Attribute for DMA transactions. If this setting is set to Disabled, the PCI Bus Driver will disable the Bus Master Attribute for Pre-Boot DMA protection. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

Onboard LAN1 Option ROM (for X11DPD-M25 only)

Use this feature to select the onboard Ethernet controller port 1 option ROM execution. The options are Disabled, Legacy, and EFI.

Onboard LAN2 Option ROM (for X11DPD-M25 only)

Use this feature to select the onboard Ethernet controller port 2 option ROM execution. The options are Disabled, Legacy, and EFI.

Onboard NVMe#1 Option ROM \~ Onboard NVMe#4 Option ROM

Select EFI to allow the user to boot the computer using an EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) device installed on the NVME connector specified by the user. Select Legacy to allow the user to boot the computer using a legacy device installed on the NVME connector specified by the user. The options are Disabled, Legacy, and EFI.

Onboard Video Option ROM

Use this feature to select the Onboard Video Option ROM type. The options are Disabled, Legacy, and EFI.

▶Network Stack Configuration

Network Stack

Select Enabled to enable PXE (Preboot Execution Environment) or UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) for network stack support. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

*If the feature "Network Stack" is set to Enabled, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

IPv4 PXE Support

Select Enabled to enable IPv4 PXE boot support. If this feature is disabled, it will not create the IPv4 PXE boot option. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

IPv4 HTTP Support

Select Enabled to enable IPv4 HTTP boot support. If this feature is disabled, it will not create the IPv4 HTTP boot option. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

IPv6 PXE Support

Select Enabled to enable IPv6 PXE boot support. If this feature is disabled, it will not create the IPv6 PXE boot option. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

IPv6 HTTP Support

Select Enabled to enable IPv6 HTTP boot support. If this feature is disabled, it will not create the IPv6 HTTP boot option. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

PXE boot wait time

Use this feature to select the wait time to press the key to abort the PXE boot. The default is 0.

Media detect count

Use this feature to select the wait time in seconds for the BIOS ROM to detect the LAN media (Internet connection or LAN port). The default is 1.

SATA Driving Is Set As

This feature displays the current SATA driving value. Otherwise, it displays [Common].

Backplane Selection

Select Auto for the BIOS to automatically select the backplane to be used for network support. The default setting is Auto.

▶Super IO Configuration

Super IO Configuration

The following Super IO information will be displayed:

• Super IO Chip AST2500

▶ Serial Port 1 Configuration

Serial Port 1 Configuration

This submenu allows the user to configure settings of Serial Port 1.

Serial Port 1

Select Enabled to enable Serial Port 1. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Device Settings (Available when Serial Port 1 is set to Enabled)

This feature displays the base I/O port address and the Interrupt Request address of a serial port specified by the user.

Change Settings

This feature specifies the base I/O port address and the Interrupt Request address of Serial Port 1. Select Auto for the BIOS to automatically assign the base I/O and IRQ address to a serial port specified. The options are Auto, (IO=3F8h; IRQ=4;), (IO=2F8h; IRQ=4;), (IO=3E8h; IRQ=4;), and (IO=2E8h; IRQ=4;).

▶SOL Configuration

SOL Configuration

This submenu allows the user to configure settings of SOL (Serial Over LAN).

SOL

Select Enabled to enable SOL. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Device Settings (Available when SOL is set to Enabled)

This feature displays the base I/O port address and the Interrupt Request address of a serial port specified by the user.

Change Settings

This feature specifies the base I/O port address and the Interrupt Request address of SOL. Select Auto for the BIOS to automatically assign the base I/O and IRQ address to a serial port specified. The options are Auto, (IO=2F8h; IRQ=3;), (IO=3F8h; IRQ=3;), (IO=3E8h; IRQ=3;), and (IO=2E8h; IRQ=3;).

▶Serial Port Console Redirection

COM1

Console Redirection

Select Enabled to enable COM Port 1 for Console Redirection, which will allow a client machine to be connected to a host machine at a remote site for networking. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

*If the feature above is set to Enabled, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

▶Console Redirection Settings

This feature allows the user to specify how the host computer will exchange data with the client computer, which is the remote computer used by the user.

COM1

Console Redirection Settings

Terminal Type

Use this feature to select the target terminal emulation type for Console Redirection. Select VT100 to use the ASCII Character set. Select VT100+ to add color and function key support. Select ANSI to use the Extended ASCII Character Set. Select VT-UTF8 to use UTF8 encoding to map Unicode characters into one or more bytes. The options are VT100, VT100+, VT-UTF8, and ANSI.

Bits Per second

Use this feature to set the transmission speed for a serial port used in Console Redirection. Make sure that the same speed is used in the host computer and the client computer. A lower transmission speed may be required for long and busy lines. The options are 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200 (bits per second).

Data Bits

Use this feature to set the data transmission size for Console Redirection. The options are 7 and 8.

Parity

A parity bit can be sent along with regular data bits to detect data transmission errors. Select Even if the parity bit is set to 0, and the number of 1's in data bits is even. Select Odd if the parity bit is set to 0, and the number of 1's in data bits is odd. Select None if you do not want to send a parity bit with your data bits in transmission. Select Mark to add a mark as a parity bit to be sent along with the data bits. Select Space to add a Space as a parity bit to be sent with your data bits. The options are None, Even, Odd, Mark, and Space.

Stop Bits

A stop bit indicates the end of a serial data packet. Select 1 Stop Bit for standard serial data communication. Select 2 Stop Bits if slower devices are used. The options are 1 and 2.

Flow Control

Use this feature to set the flow control for Console Redirection to prevent data loss caused by buffer overflow. Send a "Stop" signal to stop sending data when the receiving buffer is full. Send a "Start" signal to start sending data when the receiving buffer is empty. The options are None and Hardware RTS/CTS.

VT-UTF8 Combo Key Support

Select Enabled to enable VT-UTF8 Combination Key support for ANSI/VT100 terminals. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Recorder Mode

Select Enabled to capture the data displayed on a terminal and send it as text messages to a remote server. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Resolution 100x31

Select Enabled for extended-terminal resolution support. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Legacy OS Redirection Resolution

Use this feature to select the number of rows and columns used in Console Redirection for legacy OS support. The options are 80x24 and 80x25.

Putty KeyPad

This feature selects the settings for the function keys and the key pad used for Putty, which is a terminal emulator designed for the Windows OS. The options are VT100, LINUX, XTERMR6, SC0, ESCN, and VT400.

Redirection After BIOS POST

Use this feature to enable or disable Legacy Console Redirection after BIOS POST. When the BootLoader is selected, Legacy Console Redirection is disabled before booting the OS. When the Always Enable is selected, Legacy Console Redirection remains enabled upon OS boot up. The options are Always Enable and BootLoader.

SOL

Console Redirection

Select Enabled to use the SOL port for Console Redirection. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

*If the feature above is set to Enabled, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

▶Console Redirection Settings

This feature allows the user to specify how the host computer will exchange data with the client computer, which is the remote computer used by the user.

SOL

Console Redirection Settings

Terminal Type

Use this feature to select the target terminal emulation type for Console Redirection. Select VT100 to use the ASCII Character set. Select VT100+ to add color and function key support. Select ANSI to use the Extended ASCII Character Set. Select VT-UTF8 to use UTF8 encoding to map Unicode characters into one or more bytes. The options are VT100, VT100+, VT-UTF8, and ANSI.

Bits Per second

Use this feature to set the transmission speed for a serial port used in Console Redirection. Make sure that the same speed is used in the host computer and the client computer. A lower transmission speed may be required for long and busy lines. The options are 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200 (bits per second).

Data Bits

Use this feature to set the data transmission size for Console Redirection. The options are 7 and 8.

Parity

A parity bit can be sent along with regular data bits to detect data transmission errors. Select Even if the parity bit is set to 0, and the number of 1's in data bits is even. Select Odd if the parity bit is set to 0, and the number of 1's in data bits is odd. Select None if you do not want to send a parity bit with your data bits in transmission. Select Mark to add a mark as a parity bit to be sent along with the data bits. Select Space to add a Space as a parity bit to be sent with your data bits. The options are None, Even, Odd, Mark, and Space.

Stop Bits

A stop bit indicates the end of a serial data packet. Select 1 Stop Bit for standard serial data communication. Select 2 Stop Bits if slower devices are used. The options are 1 and 2.

Flow Control

Use this feature to set the flow control for Console Redirection to prevent data loss caused by buffer overflow. Send a "Stop" signal to stop sending data when the receiving buffer is full. Send a "Start" signal to start sending data when the receiving buffer is empty. The options are None and Hardware RTS/CTS.

VT-UTF8 Combo Key Support

Select Enabled to enable VT-UTF8 Combination Key support for ANSI/VT100 terminals. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Recorder Mode

Select Enabled to capture the data displayed on a terminal and send it as text messages to a remote server. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Resolution 100x31

Select Enabled for extended-terminal resolution support. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Legacy OS Redirection Resolution

Use this feature to select the number of rows and columns used in Console Redirection for legacy OS support. The options are 80x24 and 80x25.

Putty KeyPad

This feature selects the settings for the function keys and the key pad used for Putty, which is a terminal emulator designed for the Windows OS. The options are VT100, LINUX, XTERMR6, SC0, ESCN, and VT400.

Redirection After BIOS POST

Use this feature to enable or disable legacy console redirection after BIOS POST. When this feature is set to BootLoader, legacy console redirection is disabled before booting the OS. When this feature is set to Always Enable, legacy console redirection remains enabled when booting the OS. The options are Always Enable and BootLoader.

Legacy Console Redirection

Legacy Serial Redirection Port

Use this feature to select the COM port to display redirection of Legacy OS and Legacy OPROM messages. The options are COM1 and SOL.

Serial Port for Out-of-Band Management/Windows Emergency Management Services (EMS)

The feature allows the user to configure Console Redirection settings to support Out-of-Band Serial Port management.

Console Redirection

Select Enabled to use a COM port selected by the user for EMS Console Redirection. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

*If the feature above is set to Enabled, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

▶Console Redirection Settings

This feature allows the user to specify how the host computer will exchange data with the client computer, which is the remote computer used by the user.

Out-of-Band Mgmt Port

The feature selects a serial port in a client server to be used by the Windows Emergency Management Services (EMS) to communicate with a remote host server. The options are COM1 and SOL.

Terminal Type

Use this feature to select the target terminal emulation type for Console Redirection. Select VT100 to use the ASCII character set. Select VT100+ to add color and function key support. Select ANSI to use the extended ASCII character set. Select VT-UTF8 to use UTF8 encoding to map Unicode characters into one or more bytes. The options are VT100, VT100+, VT-UTF8, and ANSI.

Bits Per second

This feature sets the transmission speed for a serial port used in Console Redirection. Make sure that the same speed is used in both host computer and the client computer. A lower transmission speed may be required for long and busy lines. The options are 9600, 19200, 57600, and 115200 (bits per second).

Flow Control

Use this feature to set the flow control for Console Redirection to prevent data loss caused by buffer overflow. Send a "Stop" signal to stop data-sending when the receiving buffer is full. Send a "Start" signal to start data-sending when the receiving buffer is empty. The options are None, Hardware RTS/CTS, and Software Xon/Xoff.

The settings below are displayed:

Data Bits, Parity, Stop Bits

▶ACPI Settings

Use this feature to configure Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) power management settings for your system.

NUMA (Available when the OS supports this feature)

Select Enabled to enable Non-Uniform Memory Access support to enhance system performance. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

WHEA Support

Select Enabled to support the Windows Hardware Error Architecture (WHEA) platform and provide a common infrastructure for the system to handle hardware errors within the Windows OS environment to reduce system crashes and to enhance system recovery and health monitoring. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

High Precision Event Timer

Select Enabled to activate the High Precision Event Timer (HPET) that produces periodic interrupts at a much higher frequency than a Real-time Clock (RTC) does in synchronizing multimedia streams, providing smooth playback and reducing the dependency on other timestamp calculation devices, such as an x86 RDTSC Instruction embedded in the CPU. The High Performance Event Timer is used to replace the 8254 Programmable Interval Timer. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

▶Trusted Computing (Available when a TPM device is installed and detected by the BIOS)

When a TPM (Trusted-Platform Module) device is detected in your machine, the following information will be displayed.

  • TPM2.0 Device Found
  • Firmware Version
  • Vendor

Security Device Support

If a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device is connected to the TPM header (JTPM1) on the motherboard and this feature is set to Enable, onboard security devices will be available for the TPM support to enhance data integrity and network security. Please note that the OS will not show the security device. Neither TCG EFI protocol nor INT1A interaction will be made available for use. Please reboot the system for a change on this setting to take effect. The options are Disable and Enable.

\*If the feature above is set to Enable, the following features will become available for user's configuration:

The following Platform Configuration Register information will display:

• Active PCR banks
• Available PCR banks

SHA256 PCR Bank

Use this feature to disable or enable the SHA256 Platform Configuration Register (PCR) bank for the installed TPM device. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Pending operation

Use this feature to schedule a TPM-related operation to be performed by a security (TPM) device at the next system boot to enhance system data integrity. Your system will reboot to carry out a pending TPM operation. The options are None and TPM Clear.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Pending operation - 1

Note: Your system will reboot to carry out a pending TPM operation.

Platform Hierarchy (for TPM Version 2.0 or later)

Select Enabled for TPM Platform Hierarchy support which will allow the manufacturer to utilize the cryptographic algorithm to define a constant key or a fixed set of keys to be used for initial system boot. These early boot codes are shipped with the platform and are included in the list of "public keys". During system boot, the platform firmware uses the trusted public keys to verify a digital signature in an attempt to manage and control the security of the platform firmware used in a host system via a TPM device. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Storage Hierarchy

Select Enabled for TPM Storage Hierarchy support that is intended to be used for non-privacy-sensitive operations by the platform owner such as an IT professional or the end user. Storage Hierarchy has an owner policy and an authorization value, both of which can be set and are held constant (-rarely changed) through reboots. This hierarchy can be cleared or changed independently of the other hierarchies. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Endorsement Hierarchy

Select Enabled for Endorsement Hierarchy support, which contains separate controls to address the user's privacy concerns because the primary keys in this hierarchy are certified by the TPM or a manufacturer to be constrained to an authentic TPM device that is attached to an authentic platform. A primary key can be an encrypted, and a certificate can be created using TPM2_ActivateCredential. It allows the user to independently enable "flag, policy, and authorization value" without involving other hierarchies. A user with privacy concerns can disable the endorsement hierarchy while still using the storage hierarchy for TPM applications and permitting the platform software to use the TPM. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

PH (Platform Hierarchy) Randomization (for TPM Version 2.0 or later)

Select Enabled for Platform Hierarchy Randomization support, which is used only during the platform developmental stage. This feature cannot be enabled in the production platforms. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

SMCI BIOS-Based TPM Provision Support (Please confirm the description.)

Use this feature to enable the Supermicro TPM provision support. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

TXT Support

Select Enabled to enable Intel Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) support to enhance system security and data integrity. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - TXT Support - 1

Note 1: If the option for this feature (TXT Support) is set to Enabled, be sure to disable EV DFX (Device Function On-Hide) support for the system to work properly. (EV DFX is under "IIO Configuration" in the "Chipset/North Bridge" submenu.)

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - TXT Support - 2

Note 2: For more information on TPM, please refer to the TPM manual at http://www.supermicro.com/manuals/other.

▶HTTP BOOT Configuration

Use this feature to configure HTTP Boot settings for your system.

HTTP Boot One Time

If this feature is set to Enabled, the system will automatically boot into the HttpBoot setting that has been previously configured when it is powered up the first time. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Input the description

This feature allows the user to input the description of the boot.

Boot URI

This feature allows the user to boot the system from a network connection.

▶TLS Authenticate Configuration

When this submenu is selected, the following features will be displayed:

▶Server CA Configuration

This feature allows the user to configure the client certificate that is to be used by the server.

▶Enroll Certification

This feature allows the user to enroll the certificate in the system.

▶Enroll Cert (Certification) Using File

This feature allows the user to enroll the security certificate in the system by using a file.

Cert (Certification) GUID (Global Unique Identifier)

This feature displays the GUID for this system.

▶Commit Changes and Exit

Select this feature to keep the changes you have made and exit from the system.

▶Discard Changes and Exit

Select this feature to discard the changes you have made and exit from the system.

▶Delete Certification

This feature displays and sets the certificate enrolled in the system. If the certificate is set to Enable, it will be deleted. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

▶iSCSI Configuration

iSCSI Initiator Name

This feature allows the user to enter the unique name of the iSCSI Initiator in IQN format. Once the name of the iSCSI Initiator is entered into the system, configure the proper settings for the following features.

▶ Add an Attempt

▶ Delete Attempts

▶Change Attempt Order

▶Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration (Available when Apache Pass device is installed)

This submenu configures AEP (Apache Pass) device parameters and displays driver version.

  • Version: This feature displays the version of DCPMM used in the system.
  • Select an action below
  • Detected DIMMs: This feature displays the number of DCPMM memory modules detected by the BIOS.
  • All DIMMs are healthy (The health status of the DCPMM is displayed.)

DIMMs

This submenu allows the user to view and configure the settings of the DCPMM memory modules installed in the system. Select this submenu and press , the following items will display:

  • Select a specific DIMM that you want to view.
    • DIMMs on Socket 0x0000:
    • DIMMs on Socket 0x0001:

DIMM ID

This submenu allows the user to view and to perform an action on a DCPMM module specified by the user. When this submenu is selected, the following items will display:

  • DIMM UID: This feature displays the unique ID of the DCPMM module.
  • DIMM handle: This feature displays the unique handle that the CPU assigns to the DCPMM module.
  • DIMM physical ID: This feature displays the physical ID of the DCPMM module.
  • Manageability state: This feature indicates the manageability state of the DCPMM module.
    • Health state: This feature indicates the health state of the DCPMM module.
  • Health state reason: This feature indicates the reason that effectuates the health state of the DCPMM module.
  • Capacity: This feature indicates the capacity of the DCPMM module.
  • Firmware version: This feature indicates the firmware version of the DCPMM module.
  • Firmware API version: This feature indicates the firmware API version of the DCPMM module.
  • Lock state: This feature indicates the lock state of the DCPMM module.
  • Staged firmware version: This feature indicates the staged firmware version of the DCPMM module.
  • Firmware update status: This feature indicates the firmware update status of the DCPMM module.
  • Manufacturer: This feature indicates the manufacturer of the DCPMM module.

Show more details +

Select Enabled to view more detailed information on the DCPMM module. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

*If the feature, Show more details +, is set to Enabled, the following will display:

  • Serial number
  • Part number
  • Socket
    • Memory controller ID
  • Vendor ID
  • Device ID

  • Subsystem vendor ID

  • Subsystem device ID
  • Device locator
  • Subsystem revision ID
  • Interface format code
    • Manufacturing Info valid
    • Manufacturing date
    • Manufacturing location
  • Memory type
    • Memory bank label
    • Data width label [b]
  • Total width [b]
  • Speed [MHz]
  • Channel ID
  • Channel position
  • Revision ID
  • Form factor
  • Manufacturer ID
    • Controller revision ID
  • Is new
  • Memory capacity
  • APP Direct capacity
    • Unconfigured capacity
  • Inaccessible capacity
  • Reserved capacity

  • Peak power budget [mW]
    • Avg (Average) power budget [mW]
    • Max average power budget [mW]
    • Package sparing capable
    • Package sparing enabled
    • Package spares available

  • Configuration status
  • SKU violation
  • ARS status
    • Overwrite DIMM status
  • Last shutdown time
  • Viral policy enable
  • Viral state
  • Latched Last shutdown status
  • Unlatched Last shutdown status
    • Security capabilities
  • Modes supported
  • Boot status
  • AIT DRAM enabled
  • Error injection enabled
    • Media temperature injection enabled
  • Software triggers enabled
  • Software triggers enabled details
  • Poison error injections counter
  • Poison error clear counter

• Media temperature injections counter
- Software triggers counter
• Master passphrase enabled

▶Monitor health

Select this submenu to view the health status and thresholds of the DCPMM module specified by the user.

  • Sensor Type: This feature displays the type of health items that are being monitored.
  • Value: This feature displays the value of the monitor sensor mentioned above.
  • Non-critical thresholds: This feature displays the normal threshold value for the DCPMM module to maintain normal operations.
  • Critical lower threshold: This feature displays the lowest threshold value for the DCPMM module to maintain normal operations.
  • Critical upper threshold: This feature displays the higher threshold value for the DCPMM module to maintain normal operations.
  • Fatal threshold: This feature indicates the highest value allowed for the DCPMM module to remain functional. Beyond this value, the DCPMM selected will become non-operational.
    • State: This feature indicates the health state of the DCPMM module.
  • Alarm enabled state: This feature indicates the status of the non-critical threshold alarm for the DCPMM module specified by the user.
  • Modify non-critical thresholds: Use this feature to modify non-critical thresholds.
  • Controller temperature: This feature displays the controller temperature in Celsius.
    • Media temperature: This feature displays the media temperature in Celsius.
  • Percentage remaining [%]: Use this feature to set spare capacity as a percentage. (Min. = 1%, Max. = 99%)

▶Apply changes

Use this feature to apply changes that you've made on the DCPMM modules to the system.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶Update firmware

Use this feature to select the firmware image to be loaded on the DCPMM module. Once it is loaded to the system, please reboot the system and select update for the firmware to take effect. The following items will display:

  • Current firmware version: This feature displays the current firmware version.
  • Selected firmware version: This feature allows the user to select a new firmware version to use.
  • File: This feature allows the user to specify the file path in the root directory that contains the new firmware for firmware update.
  • Staged firmware version: This feature indicates the staged firmware version of the DCPMM module specified by the user.

▶Update

Select this feature to update the firmware settings.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶Configure security

Use this feature to configure the security settings for all onboard DCPMM modules.

State:

Select Enabled to configure the security settings for the DCPMM modules installed in the system. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

  • Enable security: Use this feature to enable security settings for the onboard DCPMM modules.
  • Secure erase: Use this feature to erase all the persistent data saved in the DCPMM modules.
  • Freeze lock: Use this feature to enable the security lock for the onboard DCPMM modules.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶Regions

Current configuration

▶Region ID

When this submenu is selected, the following items will display:

  • Region ID: This feature displays the Region ID of the DCPMM module.
  • DIMM ID: This feature displays the DIMM ID of the DCPMM module.
  • ISet ID: This feature displays the ISet ID of the DCPMM module.
  • Persistent memory type: This feature indicates the persistent memory type of the DCPMM module.
  • Capacity: This feature indicates the capacity of the DCPMM module.
  • Free capacity: This feature indicates the capacity of the DCPMM module that is available for use.
    • Health: This feature indicates the health state of the DCPMM module.
  • Socket ID: This feature displays the Socket ID of the DCPMM module.

The following information is displayed:

  • Persistent memory type
  • Capacity
  • Free capacity

▶Create Goal Configuration

Use this submenu to create goal configuration of DIMM regions.

Select the scope of the new region then set the desired sizes.

Create goal configuration for:

Use this feature to select the target to create goal configuration for the DCPMM modules. The options are Platform and Socket.

Reserved [%]:

Enter a value (0-100) to reserve a percentage of the DCPMM capacity for a particular purpose and keep this portion of memory space from being mapped into the physical address of system for system use.

Memory Mode [%]:

Enter a value (0-100) to reserve a percentage of the DCPMM capacity for special use in a specific Memory Mode. Please note that this value can be automatically set by the system.

Persistent memory type:

This feature allows the user to specify the type of DCPMM memory capacity to be created. The options are App Direct and App Direct Not interleaved.

Namespace Label version:

Use this feature to view and modify the namespace label version to initialize when creating goals. The options are 1.2 and 1.1.

▶Back to Regions menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Regions submenu.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶ Namespaces

This subsection allows the user to select a namespace to view the following information on the selected namespace.

Namespace ID/Name/Heath Status

▶0x00000101

Select this feature and press , the following information will display.

  • UUID
    • ID
  • Name
  • Region
  • Health
  • Mode
  • Block Size
  • Units: Use this feature to change the namespace capacity (in the unit of B, MB, MiB, GB, GiB, TB, and TiB).
  • Capacity
  • Label Version

▶ Save

After configuring the settings for the namespace above, click on to save changes.

▶ Delete

After configuring the settings for the namespace above, click on to delete the changes you've made on the namespace. Please note that all data contained in the namespace will be deleted as well when you press .

▶Back to Namespaces

▶Back to main menu

▶ Create namespace

Use this submenu to create a namespace. The following information will display:

Name

Press to type in a name of namespace.

Region ID

This feature displays the region ID of the DCPMM module. The options are 0x0001 and 0x0002.

Mode

Use this feature to set the Namespace mode. The options are None and Sector.

Capacity input

The options are Remaining and Manual. Set this feature to Remaining to use the maximum available capacity. Set this feature to Manual to enter the capacity manually.

Units

Use this feature to select the type of unit to use when inputting namespace capacity in the system. The options are B, MB, MiB, GB, GiB, TB, and TiB.

Capacity

This feature displays the capacity of namespace.

▶Create namespace

Use this submenu to create a namespace.

▶Back to Namespaces

Select this feature and press to go back to the Namespaces submenu.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶Total capacity

This feature allows the user to set the total DCPMM resource capacity allocated across all segments in the host server.

  • Raw capacity: This feature specifies the raw capacity of the DCPMM module.
  • App. Direct capacity: This feature specifies the App. direct capacity of the DCPMM module.
  • Memory capacity: This feature specifies the memory capacity of the DCPMM module.
  • Unconfigured capacity: This feature specifies the capacity of the DCPMM module that has not been configured.
  • Inaccessible capacity: This feature specifies the capacity of the DCPMM memory that is not accessible to the user.
  • Reserved capacity: This feature specifies the capacity of the DCPMM memory that is reserved for a particular use.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶ Diagnostics

Perform diagnostic tests on DIMMs.

Choose diagnostics type:

Quick diagnostics

Select Enabled for the quick diagnostics test to be performed on the DCPMM module installed in the system when needed. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

DIMM ID

Select Enabled for the quick diagnostics test to be performed on the DCPMM module. The options are Enabled and Disabled. (Note: More DIMM IDs will appear If more DCPMM modules are installed on the motherboard.)

Config (Configure) diagnostics

Select Enabled for the platform configuration diagnostics test be performed on the DCPMM module. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

FW (Firmware) diagnostics

Select Enabled for the firmware diagnostics test be performed on the DCPMM module. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Security diagnostics

Select Enabled for the security diagnostics test be performed on the DCPMM module. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

▶ Execute tests (execute selected diagnostic tests)

Select this feature and press to execute the selected diagnostic tests.

▶Back to main menu

Select this feature and press to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶ Preferences

Use this submenu to display and/or modify user preferences.

View and/or modify user preferences.

Default DIMM ID:

This feature allows the user to view and to modify the default DIMM ID as displayed on the screen. The options are Handle and UID.

Capacity units:

This feature allows the user to view and to set the default capacity unit of the selected DCPMM to be displayed on the screen. The options are Auto, Auto_10, B, MB, MiB, GB, GiB, TB, and TiB.

App Direct settings:

This feature displays the Application Direct Settings. The default setting is 4KB_4KB (Recommended).

App Direct granularity:

This feature allows the user to view and modify the minimum App Direct Granularity for each DIMM installed on the motherboard. The options are Recommended and 1.

▶Back to main menu

Use this feature to go back to the Intel(R) Optane(TM) DC Persistent Memory Configuration menu.

▶Driver Health

This submenu displays the health status of the drivers and controllers as detected by the system.

4.4 Event Logs

Use this feature to configure Event Log settings.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Event Logs - 1

Note: After you've made a change on a setting below, please be sure to reboot the system for the change to take effect.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Event Logs - 2

text_image Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit ► Change SMBIOS Event Log Settings ► View SMBIOS Event Log Press to change the SMBIOS Event Log configuration. +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESD: Exit Version 2.20.1275. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

▶Change SMBIOS Event Log Settings

Enabling/Disabling Options

SMBIOS Event Log

Select Enabled to enable SMBIOS (System Management BIOS) Event Logging during system boot. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Erasing Settings

Erase Event Log

Select "No" to keep the event log without erasing it upon next system bootup. Select "Yes, Next Reset" to erase the event log upon next system reboot. The options are No, (Yes, Next reset), and (Yes, Every reset).

When Log is Full

Select Erase Immediately to immediately erase all errors in the SMBIOS event log when the event log is full. Select Do Nothing for the system to do nothing when the SMBIOS event log is full. The options are Do Nothing and Erase Immediately.

SMBIOS Event Log Standard Settings

Log System Boot Event

Select Enabled to log system boot events. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

MECI (Multiple Event Count Increment)

Enter the increment value for the multiple event counter. Enter a number between 1 to 255. This is a numeric value. The default value is 1.

METW (Multiple Event Count Time Window)

This feature is used to determine how long (in minutes) should the multiple event counter wait before generating a new event log. Enter a number between 0 to 99. The default value is 60.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - METW (Multiple Event Count Time Window) - 1

Note: After making changes on a setting, be sure to reboot the system for the changes to take effect.

▶View SMBIOS Event Log

This feature allows the user to view the event in the system event log. Select this item and press to view the status of an event in the log. The following categories are displayed: DATE/TIME/ERROR CODE/SEVERITY

4.5 IPMI

Use this feature to configure Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) settings.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - IPMI - 1

text_image Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit EMC Firmware Revision 3.75.04 IPMI STATUS Working ► System Event Log ► EMC Network Configuration Press to change the SEL event log configuration. +: Select Screen ↑↓: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1275. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

BMC Firmware Revision

This feature indicates the IPMI firmware revision used in your system.

IPMI STATUS (Baseboard Management Controller)

This feature indicates the status of the IPMI firmware installed in your system.

▶System Event Log

Enabling/Disabling Options

SEL Components

Select Enabled to enable all system event logging upon system boot. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Erasing Settings

Erase SEL

Select "Yes, On next reset" to erase all system event logs upon next system boot. Select "Yes, On every reset" to erase all system event logs upon each system reboot. Select "No" to keep all system event logs after each system reboot. The options are No, (Yes, On next reset), and (Yes, On every reset).

When SEL is Full

This feature allows the user to determine what the BIOS should do when the system event log is full. Select Erase Immediately to erase all events in the log when the system event log is full. The options are Do Nothing and Erase Immediately.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - When SEL is Full - 1

Note: After making changes on a setting, be sure to reboot the system for the changes to take effect.

▶BMC Network Configuration

BMC network configuration

Update IPMI LAN Configuration

Select Yes for the BIOS to implement all IP/MAC address changes upon next system boot. The options are No and Yes.

Configure IPv4 support

IPMI LAN Selection

This feature displays the IPMI LAN setting. The default setting is Failover.

This feature displays the IPMI Network Link status. The default setting is Dedicated LAN.

Configuration Address Source (Available when Update IPMI LAN Configuration is set to Yes)

Use this feature to select the IP address source for this computer. If Static is selected, you will need to know the IP address of this computer and enter it to the system manually in the field. If DHCP is selected, AMI BIOS will search for a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server attached to the network and request the next available IP address for this computer. The options are Static and DHCP.

Station IP Address

This feature displays the Station IP address for this computer. This should be in decimal and in dotted quad form (i.e., 192.168.10.253).

Subnet Mask

This feature displays the sub-network that this computer belongs to. The value of each three-digit number separated by dots should not exceed 255.

Station MAC Address

This feature displays the Station MAC address for this computer. Mac addresses are six two-digit hexadecimal numbers.

Gateway IP Address

This feature displays the Gateway IP address for this computer. This should be in decimal and in dotted quad form (i.e., 192.168.10.253).

VLAN (Available when Update IPMI LAN Configuration is set to Yes)

This feature displays the status of VLAN support. The options are Disable and Enable.

VLAN ID (Available when VLAN is set to Enable)

Use this feature to enter the VLAN ID. The default setting is 1.

Configure IPv6 support

IPv6 address status

This feature displays the IPMI LAN IPv6 status. The options could be SLAAC, DHCPv6, and Unknown(-).

IPv6 Support (Available when Update IPMI LAN Configuration is set to Yes)

This feature displays the IPMI LAN setting. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

Configuration Address Source (Available when Update IPMI LAN Configuration is set to Yes and IPv6 Support is set to Enabled)

Use this feature to select the IP address source for this computer. If Static is selected, you will need to know the IP address of this computer and enter it to the system manually in the field. If DHCP is selected, AMI BIOS will search for a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server attached to the network and request the next available IP address for this computer. The options are Static and DHCP.

The following information is displayed:

  • Station IPv6 address: This feature displays the station IPv6 address.
  • Prefix Length: This item displays the prefix length.
  • IPv6 Router1 IP Address: This feature displays the IPv6 router IP address.

4.6 Security

This menu allows the user to configure the following security settings for the system.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Security - 1

text_image Aotio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit Administrator Password Not Installed User Password Not Installed Password Description If the Administrator's / User's password is set, then this only limits access to Setup and is asked for when entering Setup. Please set Administrator's password first in order to set User's password, if clear Administrator's password, the User's password will be cleared as well. The password length must be in the following range: Minimum length 3 Maximum length 20 Administrator Password Password Check [Setup] Secure Boot Set Administrator Password ++: Select Screen ↑1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Administrator Password

Use this feature to set the administrator password which is required to enter the BIOS Setup utility. The length of the password should be from 3 characters to 20 characters long.

User Password

Use this feature to set the user password which is required to enter the BIOS setup utility. The length of the password should be from 3 characters to 20 characters long.

Password Check

Select Setup for the system to check for a password at Setup. Select Always for the system to check for a password at system boot and upon entering the BIOS Setup utility. The options are Setup and Always.

▶Secure Boot

This section displays the information of the following secure boot features:

  • System Mode
  • Vendor Keys
  • Secure Boot

Secure Boot

Select Enabled to use Secure Boot settings. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Secure Boot Mode

Use this feature to select the desired secure boot mode for the system. The options are Standard and Custom.

CSM Support

If this feature is set to Enabled, legacy devices will be supported by the system. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

▶Key Management (Available when Secure Boot Mode is set to Custom)

This submenu allows the user to configure the following Key Management settings.

Vendor Keys

Provision Factory Defaults

Select Enabled to install the default Secure-Boot keys set by the manufacturer. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Select Yes to restore manufacturer default keys used to ensure system security. The options are Yes and No.

▶Reset To Setup Mode

Select Yes to reset the system to the Setup Mode. The options are Yes and No.

▶Export Secure Boot variables

This feature is used to copy the NVRAM content of Secure Boot variables to a storage device.

▶Enroll Efi Image

Select this feature and press to specify an EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) image for the system to use when it operates in the Secure Boot mode.

Device Guard Ready

▶Remove 'UEFI CA' from DB

Select Yes to remove UEFI CA from the database. The options are Yes and No.

Select Yes to restore database variables to the manufacturer default settings. The options are Yes and No.

Secure Boot variable: Size/Key#s/Key Source

▶Platform Key (PK)

This feature allows the user to enter and configure a set of values to be used as platform firmware keys for the system. The sizes, keys numbers, and key sources of the platform keys will be indicated as well. Select Update to update the platform key.

▶Key Exchange Keys

This feature allows the user to enter and configure a set of values to be used as KeyExchange-Keys for the system. The sizes, keys numbers, and key sources of the KeyExchange-Keys will be indicated as well. Select Update to update your "Key Exchange Keys". Select Append to append your "Key Exchange Keys".

▶ Authorized Signatures

This feature allows the user to enter and configure a set of values to be used as Authorized Signatures for the system. These values also indicate the sizes, keys numbers, and the sources of the authorized signatures. Select Update to update your "Authorized Signatures". Select Append to append your "Authorized Signatures".

▶Forbidden Signatures

This feature allows the user to enter and configure a set of values to be used as Forbidden Signatures for the system. These values also indicate sizes, keys numbers, and key sources of the forbidden signatures. Select Update to update your "Forbidden Signatures". Select Append to append your "Forbidden Signatures".

▶ Authorized TimeStamps

This feature allows the user to set and save the timestamps for the authorized signatures which will indicate the time when these signatures are entered into the system. Select Update to update your "Authorized TimeStamps". Select Append to append your "Authorized TimeStamps".

▶OsRecovery Signatures

This feature allows the user to set and save the authorized signatures used for OS recovery. Select Update to update your "OS Recovery Signatures". Select Append to append your "OS Recovery Signatures".

4.7 Boot

Use this feature to configure Boot Settings:

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Boot - 1

text_image Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit Boot Configuration Boot mode select: [DUAL] LEGACY to EFI support [Disabled] FIXED BOOT ORDER Priorities Boot Option #1 [Hard Disk] Boot Option #2 [CD/DVD] Boot Option #3 [USB Hard Disk] Boot Option #4 [USB CD/DVD] Boot Option #5 [USB Key] Boot Option #6 [USB Floppy] Boot Option #7 [USB Lan] Boot Option #8 [Network] Boot Option #9 [UEFI Hard Disk] Boot Option #10 [UEFI CD/DVD] Boot Option #11 [UEFI USB Hard Disk] Boot Option #12 [UEFI USB CD/DVD] Boot Option #13 [UEFI USB Key] Boot Option #14 [UEFI USB Floppy] Boot Option #15 [UEFI USB Lan] Boot Option #16 [UEFI Network] Boot Option #17 [UEFI AP:UEFI; Built-in EFI Shell] Select boot mode LEGACY/UEFI +: Select Screen ↑↓: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults ▼ F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1275. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Boot mode select

Use this feature to select the type of devices from which the system will boot. The options are LEGACY, UEFI, and DUAL. The default setting is DUAL.

LEGACY to EFI support

Select Enabled for the system to boot from an EFI OS when the Legacy OS fails. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

FIXED BOOT ORDER Priorities

This feature prioritizes the order of a bootable device from which the system will boot. Press on each item sequentially to select devices.

When the feature above - "Boot Mode Select" is set to Dual (default), the following items will be displayed for user's configuration:

- Boot Option #1 - Boot Option #17

When the feature above - "Boot Mode Select" is set to Legacy, the following items will be displayed for configuration:

- Boot Option #1 - Boot Option #8

When the feature above -"Boot Mode Select" is set to UEFI, the following items will be displayed for configuration:

- Boot Option #1 - Boot Option #9

▶Add New Boot Option

This feature allows the user to add a new boot option to the boot priority features for your system.

Add Boot Option

Use this item to specify the name for the new boot option.

Path for Boot Option

Use this feature to enter the path for the new boot option in the format fsx:\path\filename.efi.

Boot Option File Path

Use this feature to specify the file path for the new boot option.

Create

After the name and the file path for the boot option are set, press to create the new boot option in the boot priority list.

▶ Delete Boot Option

Use this feature to select a boot device to delete from the boot priority list.

Delete Boot Option

Use this feature to remove an EFI boot option from the boot priority list. The options are Select one to Delete and UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell.

▶UEFI Application Boot Priorities (Available when any USB/HDD/Network device is attached)

Use this feature to specify a boot device priority sequence from available UEFI application.

Boot Option #1

Use this feature to set the system boot order. The options are UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell and Disabled.

4.8 Save & Exit

Select the Save & Exit tab from the BIOS setup screen to configure the settings below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Save &amp; Exit - 1

text_image Aptio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit Save Options Discerd Changes and Exit Save Changes and Reset Save Changes Discerd Changes Default Options Restore Optimized Defaults Save as User Defaults Restore User Defaults Boot Override LEFI: Built-in EFI Shell Launch EFI Shell from filesystem device Exit system setup without saving any changes. +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Save Options

Discard Changes and Exit

Select this option to exit from the BIOS Setup utility without making any permanent changes to the system configuration and reboot the computer.

Save Changes and Reset

When you have completed the system configuration changes, select this option to leave the BIOS Setup utility and reboot the computer for the new system configuration parameters to become effective.

Save Changes

When you have completed the system configuration changes, select this option to save all changes made. This will not reset (reboot) the system.

Discard Changes

Select this option and press to discard all the changes you've made and return to the AMI BIOS Setup utility.Default Options

Restore Optimized Defaults

To set this feature, select Restore Defaults from the Exit menu and press to load manufacturer default settings which are intended for maximum system performance but not for maximum stability.

Save as User Defaults

To set this feature, select Save as User Defaults from the Exit menu and press . This enables the user to save all changes to the BIOS setup for future use.

To set this feature, select Restore User Defaults from the Exit menu and press . Use this feature to retrieve user-defined default settings that were saved previously.

Boot Override

This feature allows the user to override the Boot priorities sequence in the Boot menu, and immediately boot the system with a device specified by the user instead of the one specified in the boot list. This is an one-time override.

UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell

This feature allows the user to override the Boot priorities sequence in the Boot menu, and immediately boot the system with a device specified by the user instead of the one specified in the boot list. This is a one-time override.

Launch EFI Shell from filesystem device

This feature allows the user to launch EFI Shell application (Shell.efi) from one of the available filesystem devices.

Appendix A

Software

After the hardware has been installed, you can install the Operating System (OS), configure RAID settings and install the drivers.

A.1 Microsoft Windows OS Installation

If you will be using RAID, you must configure RAID settings before installing the Windows OS and the RAID driver. Refer to the RAID Configuration User Guides posted on our website at www.supermicro.com/support/manuals.

Installing the OS

  1. Create a method to access the MS Windows installation ISO file. That might be a DVD, perhaps using an external USB/SATA DVD drive, or a USB flash drive, or the IPMI KVM console.
  2. Retrieve the proper RST/RSTe driver. Go to the Supermicro web page for your motherboard and click on "Download the Latest Drivers and Utilities", select the proper driver, and copy it to a USB flash drive.
  3. Boot from a bootable device with Windows OS installation. You can see a bootable device list by pressing F11 during the system startup.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Installing the OS - 1

text_image Please select boot device: ATEN Virtual CDROM YSOJ → IPMI virtual drive (Legacy) ASUS SDRW-08D2S-U F601 → USB DVD device (Legacy) USB FLASH DRIVE PMAP → USB flash drive with OS installation (Legacy) IBA 40-10G Slot 1900 v1060 → PXE boot (Legacy) UEFI: ATEN Virtual CDROM YSOJ → IPMI virtual drive (UEFI) UEFI: ASUS SDRW-08D2S-U F601 → USB DVD device (UEFI) UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell Enter Setup ↑ and ↓ to move selection ENTER to select boot device ESC to boot using defaults

Figure A-1. Select Boot Device

  1. During Windows Setup, continue to the dialog where you select the drives on which to install Windows. If the disk you want to use is not listed, click on "Load driver" link at the bottom left corner.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Installing the OS - 2

text_image Where do you want to install Windows? Name Total size Free space Type Refresh Delete Format New Load driver Extend We couldn't find any drives. To get a storage driver, click Load driver. Next

Figure A-2. Load Driver Link

To load the driver, browse the USB flash drive for the proper driver files.

  • For RAID, choose the SATA/sSATA RAID driver indicated then choose the storage drive on which you want to install it.
  • For non-RAID, choose the SATA/sSATA AHCI driver indicated then choose the storage drive on which you want to install it.

  • Once all devices are specified, continue with the installation.

  • After the Windows OS installation has completed, the system will automatically reboot multiple times.

A.2 Driver Installation

The Supermicro website that contains drivers and utilities for your system is at https://www.supermicro.com/wftp/driver. Some of these must be installed, such as the chipset driver.

After accessing the website, go into the CDR_Images (in the parent directory of the above link) and locate the ISO file for your motherboard. Download this file to a USB flash drive or a DVD. (You may also use a utility to extract the ISO file if preferred.)

Another option is to go to the Supermicro website at http://www.supermicro.com/products/. Find the product page for your motherboard, and "Download the Latest Drivers and Utilities".

Insert the flash drive or disk and the screenshot shown below should appear.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - A.2 Driver Installation - 1

text_image SUPERMICRO X11DPD-M25 Motherboard Drivers & Tools (Win2019) Intel C621 Chipset X11DPD-M25 SUPERMICRO Computer Inc. Intel Chipset INF files Microsoft .Net Framework 4.5.2 (Optional) ASPEED Graphics Driver Intel Rapid Storage Technology Enterprise Intel USB 3.0 Drivers Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx Ethernet Drivers SUPERMICRO SuperDoctor 5 Build driver diskettes and manuals Browse CD Auto Start Up Next Time For more information, please visit SUPERMICRO's web site.

Figure A-3. Driver & Tool Installation Screen

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - A.2 Driver Installation - 2

Note: Click the icons showing a hand writing on paper to view the readme files for each item. Click the computer icons to the right of these items to install each item (from top to the bottom) one at a time. After installing each item, you must re-boot the system before moving on to the next item on the list. The bottom icon with a CD on it allows you to view the entire contents.

A.3 SuperDoctor 5

The Supermicro SuperDoctor 5 is a program that functions in a command-line or web-based interface for Windows and Linux operating systems. The program monitors such system health information as CPU temperature, system voltages, system power consumption, fan speed, and provides alerts via email or Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).

SuperDoctor 5 comes in local and remote management versions and can be used with Nagios to maximize your system monitoring needs. With SuperDoctor 5 Management Server (SSM Server), you can remotely control power on/off and reset chassis intrusion for multiple systems with SuperDoctor 5 or IPMI. SuperDoctor 5 Management Server monitors HTTP and SMTP services to optimize the efficiency of your operation.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - A.3 SuperDoctor 5 - 1

Note: The default User Name and Password for SuperDoctor 5 is ADMIN / ADMIN.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - A.3 SuperDoctor 5 - 2

text_image SuperDoctor 5 Health Info: Select Language: English SOMIN License Matherboard: C78360-CB-ML Voltage V/TV Voltage 12 V/TV V/DCV Voltage 400V Voltage V/DCV Voltage HPLC_25Voltage PCHLDTVoltage V/WMG-25Voltage PCHLDTVoltage SCLD-25Voltage Status Change transition Temperature 100 80 60 40 25 1 0.45 100 80 60 40 25 1 0.45 100 80 60 40 25 1 0.45 100 80 60 40 25 1 0.45 100 80 60 40 25 1 0.45 100 80

Figure A-4. SuperDoctor 5 Interface Display Screen (Health Information)

A.4 IPMI

The motherboard supports the Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI). IPMI is used to provide remote access, monitoring and management. There are several BIOS settings that are related to IPMI.

For general documentation and information on IPMI, please visit our website at: http://www.supermicro.com/products/nfo/IPMI.cfm.

A.5 Logging into the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller)

Supermicro ships standard products with a unique password for the BMC user. This password can be found on a label on the motherboard.

When logging in to the BMC for the first time, please use the unique password provided by Supermicro to log in. You can change the unique password to a user name and password of your choice for subsequent logins.

For more information regarding BMC passwords, please visit our website at http://www.supermicro.com/bmcpassword.

Appendix B

Standardized Warning Statements

The following statements are industry standard warnings, provided to warn the user of situations where bodily injury might occur. Should you have questions or experience difficulty, contact Supermicro's Technical Support department for assistance. Only certified technicians should attempt to install or configure components.

Read this section in its entirety before installing or configuring components.

These warnings may also be found on our website at http://www.supermicro.com/about/policies/safety_information.cfm.

Battery Handling

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Battery Handling - 1

Warning! There is the danger of explosion if the battery is replaced incorrectly. Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions

電池の取り扱い

Warning! Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

製品の廃棄

Warning: Do not upgrade the BIOS unless your system has a BIOS-related issue. Flashing the wrong BIOS can cause irreparable damage to the system. In no event shall Supermicro be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages arising from a BIOS update. If you need to update the BIOS, do not shut down or reset the system while the BIOS is updating to avoid possible boot failure.

C.1 Overview

The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) provides a software-based interface between the operating system and the platform firmware in the pre-boot environment. The UEFI specification supports an architecture-independent mechanism that will allow the UEFI OS loader stored in an external storage device to boot the system. The UEFI offers clean, hands-off management to a computer during system boot.

C.2 Recovering the UEFI BIOS Image

A UEFI BIOS flash chip consists of a recovery BIOS block and a main BIOS block (a main BIOS image). The recovery block contains critical BIOS codes, including memory detection and recovery codes for the user to flash a healthy BIOS image if the original main BIOS image is corrupted. When the system power is turned on, the recovery block codes execute first. Once this process is complete, the main BIOS code will continue with system initialization and the remaining POST (Power-On Self-Test) routines.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.2 Recovering the UEFI BIOS Image - 1

Note 1: Follow the BIOS recovery instructions in Section C.3 for BIOS recovery when the main BIOS block crashes.

Note 2: If the recovery instructions in Section C.3 for BIOS recovery fail, you may use the Supermicro Update Manager (SUM) Out-of-Band (OOB) (https://www.supermicro.com.tw/products/nfo/SMS_SUM.cfm) to reflash the BIOS.

Note 3: If the recovery block processes stated in Note 1 and Note 2 above fail, you will need to follow the procedures to make a Returned Merchandise Authorization (RMA) request. Refer to Section 3.5 for more information about the RMA request.

C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device

This feature allows the user to recover the main BIOS image using a USB-attached device without additional utilities used. A USB flash device such as a USB Flash Drive, or a USB CD/DVD ROM/RW device can be used for this purpose. However, a USB hard disk drive cannot be used for BIOS recovery at this time. The file system supported by the recovery block is FAT (including FAT12, FAT16, and FAT32) which is installed on a bootable or non-bootable USB-attached device.

To perform UEFI BIOS recovery using a USB-attached device, follow the instructions below.

  1. Please use a different machine to download the BIOS package for your motherboard or your system from the product page available on our website at www.supermicro.com.
  2. Extract the BIOS package to a USB device and rename the BIOS ROM file [BIOSname#.###] that is included in the BIOS package to SUPER.ROM for BIOS recovery use.
  3. Copy the SUPER.ROM file into the Root "\" directory of the USB device.

Note: Before recovering the main BIOS image, confirm that the SUPER.ROM file you have is the same version or a close version meant for your motherboard.

  1. Insert the USB device that contains the SUPER.ROM file into the system before you power on the system or when the following screen appears.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 1

text_image PEI-- Could Not Find Recovery Image... BMC IP:10.132.160.92 87
  1. After locating the SUPER.ROM file, the system will enter the BIOS Recovery menu as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 2

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Loss IPM Recovery Security Boot Save a Exit System booted from new image Partial update is not allowed Single preservation ▶ Processed with Flash update Set this option to preserve OMBOS +: Select Screen I: Select Item Enter Select +/-: Change Out. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Note: At this point, you may decide if you want to start the BIOS recovery. If you decide to proceed with BIOS recovery, follow the procedures below.

  1. When the screen as shown above displays, use the arrow keys to select the item "Proceed with flash update" and press the key. You will see the BIOS recovery progress as shown in the screen below.

Note: Do not interrupt the BIOS flashing process until it is complete.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 3

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright 1C7 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Recovery HANDINDB1 System firmware is being updated. Keyboard is locked. DO NOT TURN THE POWER OFF 11 Once firmware update is completed press any key to reboot the system Flash Update updating main firmware 173 +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Entani Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Same & Exit ESOG: Exit Version $0.00.1976. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.
  1. After the BIOS recovery process is complete, press any key to reboot the system.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 4

text_image Active Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Recovery MAREN201 System firmware is being updated. Keyboard is locked. DO NOT TURN THE POWER OFF !!! Once firmware update is completed press any key to reboot the system Flash update Flash update completed. Press any key to reset the system +: Select Screen F4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.15.1996. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 5

Note: It is recommended that you update your BIOS after BIOS recovery. Please refer to Chapter 3 for BIOS update instructions.

  1. Press during system boot to enter the BIOS Setup utility. From the top of the tool bar, select Boot to enter the submenu. From the submenu list, select Boot Option #1 as shown below. Then, set Boot Option #1 to [UEFI AP:UEFI: Built-in EFI Shell]. Press to save the settings and exit the BIOS Setup utility.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 6

text_image Boot Configuration Boot mode select LEGACY to EFI support FIXED BOOT ORDER Priorities Boot Option #1 Boot Option #2 Boot Option #3 Boot Option #4 Boot Option #5 Boot Option #6 Boot Option #7 Boot Option #8 Boot Option #9 Boot Option #10 Boot Option #11 Boot Option #12 Boot Option #13 Boot Option #14 Boot Option #15 Boot Option #16 Boot Option #17 Add New Boot Option [DOHL] [Disabled] [DEFI MP/DEFI: No...] [CD/DVD] [USB Hard Disk] [USB CD/DVD] [USB Key/SamDisk] [USB Floppy] [USB Lim] [Network: IBM GE SI...] [UEFI Hard Disk] [UEFI CD/DVD] [UEFI USB Hard Disk] [UEFI USB CD/DVD] [UEFI USD Key/UEFI...] [UEFI USB Floppy] [UEFI USB Lim] [UEFI Network] [Hard Disk] Sets the system boot order ++: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC# Exit Version 8.19.1266. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megarends, Inc.
  1. When the UEFI Shell prompt appears, type fs# to change the device directory path. Go to the directory that contains the BIOS package you extracted earlier in Step 2. Enter flash.nsh BIOSname#.### at the prompt to start the BIOS update process.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 7

text_image LEFI Interactive Shell v2.1 ESK 11 LEFI v2.50 (American Regatrends, 0x0089XXC) Mapping table: F5D: A106(0):H0D(F0):BLK1; PcJW001(0x0)/PcJ(0x14,0x0)/US$(0x11,0x0)/H01_MER_0xG7901D2_0xB06_0xI OR3532) BLK0: Rile(s): PcJW001(0x0)/PcJ(0x14,0x0)/US$(0x11,0x0) Press ESCR is 1 seconds to skip startup.moh or any other key to continue. Shell (f5d) F5D:\ CD BLKOS F5D:\VAPLOOS\ CD SKAPME2.0362017 F5D:\VAPLOOS\SKAPME2.0362017\ flash.nsh X13P07.5X

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 8

Note: Do not interrupt this process until the BIOS flashing is complete.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 9

text_image Done. [Access Oms Port Ex] Index 0x51: 0x18 Done. ********************************************************************** * Program BIOS and ME (including RDT) regions... ********************************************************************** AMI Firmware Update Utility v5.09.01.1317 Copyright ©2017 American Registrends Inc. All Rights Reserved. OPUD = 50652 Reading Flash ....... done - ME Data Size checking . ok - FFS checksums ....... ok - Check BookLayout ....... ok Erasing Boot Block ....... done Updating Boot Block ....... done Verifying Boot Block ....... done Zroving Mesh Block ....... 0x00152000 (OK)
  1. The screen above indicates that the BIOS update process has completed. Reboot the system when you see the screen below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - C.3 Recovering the Main BIOS Block with a USB Device - 10

text_image Verifying NCR Book ....... done - Update success for FEM - Update success for EE - - Successful Update Recovery Loader to (PRx!! - Successful Update MFSB!! - Successful Update RTM!! - Successful Update NFs, [081 and 19021] - Successful Update FLOD and UTOX!! - ME entire (new update success !!) wRIVINC : System must power-sif to have the changes take effect Moving F501:WFUD005/SKJPME2_03162037/40x64,efi -> F501:WFUD005/SKJPME2_03162017/f df.sac - [cA] Moving F501:WFUD005/SKJPME2_03162037/aufemfix4,efi -> F501:WFUD005/SKJPME2_0316201 ?afuefu1.sac - [cA] ****************************************************************************************** * * Please ignore this 'shell cannot read from file - device error' * Warning message due to it does not impact flashing process. * ****************************************************************************************** putating * Delete successful. F501->

Appendix D

Configuring VROC RAID Settings

Intel Virtual RAID on CPU (Intel VROC) is a RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) solution that integrates with Intel Volume Management Device (Intel VMD) for Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe) solid-state drives (SSDs). The D.1 section provides instructions on how to access the All Intel VMD Controller menu. The D.2 section provides instructions on how to configure RAID settings. The D.3 section describes the use of journaling drive for the RAID5 volume (parity based RAID).

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Configuring VROC RAID Settings - 1

Note 1: Only use NVMe devices that have been validated by Supermicro. For the latest updates, please contact us or refer to our website at https://www.supermicro.com.

Note 2: Depending on the version of driver/utility/package, it may or may not have exactly the same as the BIOS settings/features shown in the appendix.

D.1 All Intel VMD Controllers Menu

The following section provide you with instructions on how to access the All Intel VMD Controllers menu which will allow you to enable a selected PCI slot for VMD support.

Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility

  1. Press during system boot to enter the BIOS Setup utility.
  2. Use the arrow key to select Advanced on top of the BIOS menu bar.
  3. Use the down arrow key to select Chip Configuration and press .
  4. Select North Bridge and press .
  5. Use the down arrow key to select IIO Configuration and press .

  6. When the following screen displays, use the down arrow key to select Intel® VMD Technology and press to enter the Intel VMD Technology submenu.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 1

text_image IIO Configuration EV DFX Features [Disable] ► CPU1 Configuration ► CPU2 Configuration ► IOAT Configuration ► Intel® VT for Directed I/O (VT-d) ► Intel® VMD technology IIO-PCIE Express Global Options ---------------------------------------- PCIe Hot Plug [Disable] PCI-E Completion Timeout (Global) [No] Disable Press to bring up the Intel® VMD for Volume Management Device Configuration menu. ++: Select Screen ↑↓: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.
  1. When the Intel VMD Technology submenu appears, it will display all the PCI slots that can be configured for VMD support on the screen.
  2. From the available PCI slots displayed on the screen, select a PCI slot you want to use for a VMD device by highlighting it.
  3. Select the option [Enable] and press to enable the selected slot for VMD support.
  4. Repeat Step 8 \~ Step 9 to select and enable all the PCI slots of your choice for VMD support.
  5. After enabling all PCI slots for VMD support on the BIOS Setup utility, install the VMD devices (such as add-on cards) on the slots that you've configured for VMD support on the motherboard. For the changes to take effect,
  6. Press to save the settings and exit the BIOS Setup utility. Press during system boot to enter the BIOS Setup utility.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 2

Note: After you've enabled VMD in the BIOS on a PCIe slot of your choice, this PCIe slot will be dedicated for VMD use only, and it will no longer support any PCIe device. To re-activate this slot for PCIe use, please disable VMD in the BIOS.

  1. Navigate to the Advanced tab.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 3

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2015 American Vegetrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Logs IPMI Security Boot Save & Exit • Boot Features • CPU Configuration • Chipset Configuration • Server NE Information • PCH-SHTR Configuration • PCH-SDTA Configuration • PCIe/PCE/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PCI/PC • Super IO Configuration • Serial Fort Console Redirection • ACFI Settings • Trusted Computing • HTTP BOOT Configuration • TLS Authentication Configuration • I/O/DI Configuration • Intel(R) Virtual RIO on CPU • Driver Health This format allows the user to manage Intel(R) virtual RAID on CPU +: Select Screen II: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Det. F3: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Defaulted Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit
  1. Use the arrow keys to select Intel(R) Virtual RAID on CPU and press to access the menu items. The following screen will appear showing that the feature "All Intel VMD Controllers" has become available.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 4

text_image Intel(R) V80C with V8D Technology 8.0.0.1024 Upgrade key: Intel-SSD-only No RFID volumes on the system Intel: V80C Managed Controllers! All Intel V8D Controllers Select to see more information about the Intel V80D Controllers +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESD: Exit Version 2.20.1274, Copyright (C) 2019 American Newstrands, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 5

Note 1: The license and header (on the motherboard) for Intel VROC hardware key are required. Also, be sure the version of Intel Rapid Storage Technology enterprise (Intel RSTe) VROC utility is 5 or above (look for Intel(R) VROC with VMD Technology x.x.x.xxxx shown on the screen).

Note 2: Intel VROC Premium hardware key is used in the appendix to demonstrate RAID settings.

  1. Use the arrow keys to select All Intel VMD Controllers and press to access the menu items. The following screen will appear. It allows the user to create RAID volumes and configure settings of NVMe devices as detected by the system.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 6

text_image All Intel VMD Controllers ► Create RAID volume Non-RAID Physical Disk? ► INTL SSPEZME01274 SN:DM071740080LP6NGN, 1117.81SB Port 3:0, Slot 4, CPU, VMD, BDF 03:00.0 ► INTL SSPEZME01274 SN:FM0624200GELP6NGN, 1117.81SB Port 3:0, Slot 97, CPU, VMD, BDF 04:00.0 ► INTL SSPEZME01274 SN:FM0624100CZIPNGN, 1117.81SB Port 2:0, Slot 4, CPU, VMD, BDF 03:00.0 ► INTL SSPEZME01274 SN:FM0624200ARIP6NGN, 1117.81SB Port 2:0, Slot 97, CPU, VMD, BDF 04:00.0 This page allows you to create a RAID volume +: Select Screen #: Select Items Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit E3: Exit version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Regalrends, Inc.

Note : A single Intel VMD supported processor supplies 48 PCIe lanes and contains three Intel VMD controllers (domains). Refer to the following illustration for more information.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling a PCI Slot for VMD Support in the BIOS Setup Utility - 7

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Processor"] -->|UPI| B["Processor"]
    A --> C["NVMe Device"]
    A --> D["NVMe Device"]
    B --> E["NVMe Device"]
    B --> F["NVMe Device"]
    C <--> G["Intel® VMD x16 PCIe"]
    D <--> H["Intel® VMD x16 PCIe"]
    E <--> I["NVMe Device"]
    F <--> J["NVMe Device"]
    G <--> K["Intel® VMD x16 PCIe"]
    H <--> L["Intel® VMD x16 PCIe"]
    I <--> M["NVMe Device"]
    J <--> N["NVMe Device"]
    K <--> O["NVMe Device"]
    L <--> P["NVMe Device"]
    M <--> Q["NVMe Device"]
    N <--> R["NVMe Device"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

* Data RAID will be allowed to cross VMDs and processors. * Boot RAID will NOT be

able to cross VMDs.

D.2 Configuring RAID Settings

Follow the instructions stated in the D.1 section to access the All Intel VMD Controllers menu items, the following screen will appear. Please carefully follow the instructions listed in this section to configure RAID settings for your devices as desired.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - D.2 Configuring RAID Settings - 1

text_image All Intel VMD Controllers ► Create RAID Volume Non-RMID Physical DLK5: ► INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:FM00717400EDLP36N, 1117.818B Port 3:0, Slot 4, CPU0, VMD, BIF 03:00.0 ► INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:FM006243000FIP36N, 1117.818B Port 3:0, Slot 97, CPU0, VMD, BIF 04:00.0 ► INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:FM00624100LZIP36N, 1117.818B Port 2:0, Slot 4, CPU1, VMD, BIF 03:00.0 ► INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:FM006243000KIP36N, 1117.818B Port 2:0, Slot 97, CPU1, VMD, BIF 04:00.0 This page allows you to create a RAID volume +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults Far: Save O Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American MegaTrends, Inc.

To Create a RAID Volume

Use the arrow keys to select Create RAID Volume from the screen above and press to create a RAID Volume. The Create RAID Volume submenu, which allows you to configure the settings of the RAID volume you've created, will appear as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Create a RAID Volume - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Netatrends, Inc. Advanced Create RAID Volume NAME: RAID Levels: Enable RAID spanned over VMD Controllers: Select Diks: INTEL SSDPE2M031274 SN:CMFD1740080IP26HN, 1117.81GB Port 3:0 CPU0 VMD2 INTEL SSDPE2M031274 SN:PMDB5N200FIP26HN, 1117.81GB Port 3:0 CPU0 VMD2 INTEL SSDPE2M031274 SN:PMDB5N400LZIP26HN, 1117.81GB Port 2:0 CPU0 VMD1 INTEL SSDPE2M031274 SN:PMDB5N200GIP26HN, 1117.81GB Port 2:0 CPU0 VMD1 Strip Size: Capacity (GB): Create Volume VOLUME [REDA(Stripe)] I I I I I I I I [179KB] 0.60 Enter a unique volume now that does not contain space at the beginning or backslash and is in characters or less. +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Apt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimal Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit

To Enter a Name for the RAID Volume

From the Create RAID Volume submenu as shown on the previous screen, use the arrow keys to select Name and press , and the following screen will display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Enter a Name for the RAID Volume - 1

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc. PROVANCED Create RAID Volume NAME: RAID Level: Volume Enable RAID scanned over VMD [Risid(Stripe)] Controllers: Select Disk1 INTEL SSDPE2NED1274 SND:AMD7134000IP25GN, 1117.01GB Port S10 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSDPE2NED1274 SND:AMD8242000IP25GN, 1117.01GB Port S10 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSDPE2NED1274 SND:AMD8242000IP25GN, 1117.01GB Port S10 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSDPE2NED1274 SND:AMD8242000IP26GN, 1117.01GB Port S10 CPU0 VMD Strip Size: [129x8] Capacity (SB): 0.06 Create Volume Enter a unique volume name that does not contain space at the beginning or backslash and is in characters or less. +: Select Screen I: Select Item enter: Select +/- Change Opt. F1: Several Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit GSDs Exit Version 2.33.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

When the screen above displays, enter a unique name for the RAID volume.

To Set the RAID Level for the RAID Volume

From the Create RAID Volume submenu, select RAID Level and press . The following screen will display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Set the RAID Level for the RAID Volume - 1

text_image Antio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megarends, Inc. Advanced Create RAID Volume Name: RAID Level: Enable RAID started over VMD Controllers: Select Disks: INTEL SSDPE2ME01274 SIN:CMDD134008IP2MXN, 1117.81GB Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSDPE2ME01274 SIN:PAH06E2C000IP2MXN, 1117.81GB Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSDPE2ME01274 SIN:PAH06E2C000IP2MXN, 1117.81GB Port 210 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSDPE2ME01274 SIN:PAH06E2C000IP2MXN, 1117.81GB Port 2:0 CPU0 VMD Strip Size: Capacity (SB): Create Volume Volume9 (RADD(Strip)) I I RAID Level: RAID(Strip) RAID(Mirror) RAID(Farity) RAID(I)(RAID>1) I I I(3KB) 0.00 Select RAID Level +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select =/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Delineed Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit version 3.50.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megarends, Inc.

Use the arrow keys to select the desired RAID level for the RAID volume that you've created. The options are RAID0(Stripe), RAID1(Mirror), RAID5(Parity), and RAID10(RAID0+1).

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Set the RAID Level for the RAID Volume - 2

Note 1: The RAID level(s) displayed is(are) based on the number of NVMe devices connected to the system.

Note 2: For RAID0/RAID1/RAID5/RAID10, the minimum number of NVMe devices required is two/two/three/four respectively.

Note 3: Use Intel VROC Standard hardware key to support RAID 0/1/10. Use Intel VROC Premium hardware key (or Intel SSD Only hardware key) to support RAID 0/1/5/10.

Enabling RAID Spanned over VMD Controllers

From the Create RAID Volume submenu, use the arrow keys to select Enter RAID spanned over VMD Controllers and press . The following screen will display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling RAID Spanned over VMD Controllers - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Create RAID Volume Name: volume0 RAID LEVEL: [RAIDotStriper] Enable RAID spanned over VMD Controllers: Select Disks: INTEL SSDPE2MEO12T4 SN:SMDD1740080IP2HON, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU: VMD INTEL SSDPE2MEO12T4 SN:PHD654200CFIP2HON 310 CPU: VMD INTEL SSDPE2MEO12T4 SN:PHD654300LFIP2HON, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU: VMD INTEL SSDPE2MEO12T4 SN:PHD654200ORIP2HON, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU: VMD Strip Size: [1/24/8] Capacity (GB): 0.00 Create Volume Enable RAID spanned over VMD Controllers: +:- Select Screen +:- Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESO: Exit Version 2.20.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Enter a desired setting for your RAID volume in the pop-up menu. The options are (not selected) and X (selected). Please set this feature to X if the RAID level you selected earlier from Step 3 will cross VMD domains.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enabling RAID Spanned over VMD Controllers - 2

Note: For a bootable RAID volume, do not cross VMD domains.

To Select Disks for the RAID Volumes

From the Create RAID Volume submenu, use the arrow keys to highlight Select Disk: and press . The following screen will display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Select Disks for the RAID Volumes - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc. Advanced Name: RAID Level: Enable RAID scanned over VMD Controllers: Select Disk: INTIL SSDPE2MEO1274 SN:CMV071740065IP2WGN, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTIL SSDPE2MEO1274 SN:PMI INTIL SSDPE2MEO1274 SN:PMI024006IP2WGN, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU0 VMD Strip Size: Capacity (GB): <= Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Select at least two disks Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

The options are (not selected) and X (selected). Set the features one by one to X to select the desired RAID disks for your RAID volumes.

To Set Strip Size for the RAID Volume

From the Create RAID Volume submenu, use the arrow keys to select Strip Size: and press . The following screen will display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Set Strip Size for the RAID Volume - 1

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Name: RAID Layer1 Enable RAID spanned over VMD Controllers: Select Disks: INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:CMDDT17A00EIP0CHN, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:PHDGS4A00CFIP0CHN, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:PHDGS4A00CFIP0CHN, 1117.8108 Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTEL SSPE2ME01274 SN:PHDGS4A00CFIP0CHN,1117.8108 Port 310 CPU0 VMD Strip Size: 4KB 8KB 16KB 32KB 64KB 120KB Strip Size: Capacity [SB]: 0.00 Create Volume Select at least two disks Strip size help +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESDr Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2013 American Megatrends, Inc.

From the pop-up menu as shown above, select the desired RAID strip size for your RAID volume and press . The options are 4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 32KB, 64KB, and 128KB.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Set Strip Size for the RAID Volume - 2

Note: For RAID5, the options are 4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 32KB, 64KB, and 128KB. For RAID10, the options are 4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 32KB, and 64KB.

To Set the Capacity (GB) for the RAID Volume

From the Create RAID Volume submenu, use the arrow keys to select Capacity (GB): and press . The following screen will display.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Set the Capacity (GB) for the RAID Volume - 1

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright © 2019 American MegaTrends, Inc. Advanced Name: Volume: Volume RAID Levels: [RAIDO(Striped)] Enable RAID scanned over VMD Controllers: Select Disks: INTEL: SSPE26M01274 [ ] SND:DM0713408DIP25GN, 1117.81GB Port 310 CPU0 VMD INTEL: SSPE26M01274 [ ] SND:FM062400UF IP25GN, 1117.81GB Port 310 CPU0 VMD Capacity (SB): 0.00 INTEL: SSPE26M01274 [ ] SND:FM062400LF IP25GN, 1117.81GB Port 310 CPU0 VMD [ ] Strip Size: [SIZE] Capacity (KB): 0.00 Create Volume Select at least two disks Capacity in GB +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Value F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit E00: Exit Version 2.20.1274, Copyright © 2013 American MegaTrends, Inc.

Enter the desired RAID capacity (in GB) in the pop-up menu to set the capacity for your RAID volume.

To Create Volumes

To finalize your RAID volume configuration, select Create Volume from the Create RAID Volume submenu as shown on the screen below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Create Volumes - 1

text_image Notio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Name: RMD Levels Enable RAID spyned over VMD Controllers: Select Signal: INTL. SSPECNE01274 SN:CMD37400BZIP2HEN, 3117.81GB Port 310 CPU6 VMD INTL. SSPECNE01274 SN:MHDC54000DFIP2HEN, 3117.81GB Port 310 CPU6 VMD INTL. SSPECNE01274 SN:MHDC5400LZIP2HEN, 3117.81GB Port 210 CPU6 VMD INTL. SSPECNE01274 SN:MHDC5400ORIP2HEN, 3117.81GB Port 210 CPU6 VMD Strike Size: Capacity (GB): Create Volume Volume: (RAIDOSnripe) [ ] DQ IVI [ ] [ ] [128KB] 2173.00 Create a volume with the settings specified above +1: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

After selecting Create Volume, press . The following screen will appear and display RAID volumes as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Create Volumes - 2

text_image All Intel VMD Controllers ► Create RAID Volume RAID Volumes: ► Volume0, RAID0/STILO7, 2133.83GB, Normal Non-RAID Physical Blocks: ► INTEL SSDPE2MDS12T4 SN:PM0624100LZIPZHEN, 1117.81GB Port 2:0, Slot 4, CPU1, VMO1, BOP 03:00.0 ► INTEL SSDPE2MDS12T4 SN:PM0624200RIPZHEN, 1117.81GB Port 2:0, Slot 37, CPU1, VMO1, BOP 04:00.0 This page allows you to create a RAID volume +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1874, Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc.

To Display RAID Volumes

For detailed RAID volume information, use the arrow keys to select the desired RAID volume as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Display RAID Volumes - 1

text_image All Intel VIO Controllers ► Create RAID Volume RAID Volumes ► Volume0, RAID(Strip), 2123.83GB, Normal Non-RAID Physical Disks: ► INTEL SSPEZMEO12T4 SN:FM06241006.21F2HGN, 1117.83GB Port 2:0, Slot 4, CPU1, VM01, EBF 03:00.0 ► INTEL SSPEZMEO12T4 SN:FM06240008R1P3HGN, 1117.83GB Port 2:0, Slot 3T, CPU1, VM01, EBF 04:00.0 Select to see more Information about the RAID VOLUME +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EUG: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

To Display RAID VOLUME Information

When the screen above appears, press . The RAID VOLUME INFO menu will appear and display the detailed information about the RAID volume you've selected as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Display RAID VOLUME Information - 1

text_image Audio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Meastrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO VOLUME ACTIONS Delete Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RATIO(Stripe) Strip Size: 12000 Size: 2123.83GB Status: Normal Bootable: Yes Block Size: S12 RAID Header Disk: INTL SSDPE2ME01274 SN:CM0717400651P2HON, 1117.81GB Port 3x0, Slot 4, CPU0, VMOS, SDF 03:00.0 INTL SSDPE2ME01274 SN:FHDAS4200F2PCHON, 1117.81GB Port 3x0, Slot 37, CPU0, VMOS, SDF 04:00.0 +: Select Screen 11: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESO: Exit

To Delete a RAID Volume

On the RAID VOLUME INFO menu, use the arrow keys to select Delete and press to delete the RAID volume you have selected.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Delete a RAID Volume - 1

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright TC2 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO VOLUME ACTIONS Delete Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RAID(Stripe) Strip Size: 120GB Size: 2185.00GB Status: Normal Portable: Yes Block Size: 512 RAID Member Discs: INTEL SSDPE2MEO12T4 SN-CMO7174000DIP2MEN, 1117.01GB Port S10, Slot 4, CPU0, VM2, RSP 03100.0 INTEL SSDPE2MEO12T4 SN-PH0664200FJP2MEN, 1117.01GB Port S10, Slot 37, CPU0, VM2, RSP 04100.0 +: Select Screen +1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Frevious Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit

The following screen will appear to confirm if you want to delete the RAID Volume. Select Yes to delete the RAID Volume. The options are Yes and No.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Delete a RAID Volume - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American MegaTrends, Inc. Advanced Delete Delete the RAID volume? ALL DATA ON VOLUME WILL BE LOST! Yes No Ordering a volume will reset the disk to non-RAID. +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save E Exit F5: Exit Version 2.30.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American MegaTrends, Inc.

To Reset the RAID Volume to non-RAID

On the RAID VOLUME INFO submenu shown on the bottom screen of page 167, select the desired NVMe device from the list of RAID Member Disks and press as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Reset the RAID Volume to non-RAID - 1

text_image AIO Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American MegaTrends, Inc. RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions ► Delete Name: Volume RAID Level: RATIO (Stripe) Strip Size: 120KB Size: S123.80GB Status: Normal Bootable: Yes Block size: 512 RAID Member Disk: ► INTEL SSDPE2MEI1274 SN:CAN07174X6DIP3CMN, 1117.8108 Port: 310, Slot 4, CPU0, WNS, BOP 03:00.0 ► INTEL SSDPE2MEI1274 SN:PH0624300F1PCHN, 1117.8108 Port: 310, Slot 37, CPU0, WNS, BOP 04:00.0 +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save a Exit E00: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American MegaTrends, Inc.

Select Reset to Non-RAID from the screen below and press to remove RAID data from the selected NVMe device.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Reset the RAID Volume to non-RAID - 2

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced INTEL SODPEDMED12T4 SN:CVMD717406801P5NDN, 1117.013B Disk Actions: Reset to non-RESET Turn Locate LED On Controllers: Volume Management: Device Controller: Model Numbers: INTEL SODPEDMED12T4 Serial Number: CVMD717406801P5NDN Size: 1117.013B Status: PAID Member Block Size: 512 Boot Port Number: 3 Boot Port Offsets: 0 Slot Number: 4 Socket Number: 0 VDD Controller Number: 2 PCI BusDevice.Function: 03:00.0 Remove RAID data from the risk +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults Full Save & Exit ESD: Exit Version 2.20.12T4. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

When the following screen appears, select Yes to confirm that you want to set the selected NVMe device to non-RAID. The options are Yes and No.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Reset the RAID Volume to non-RAID - 3

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Reset to non-RAID Remove RAID structure on disk? Yes No Receives RAID data from the disk +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 5.20.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

To Turn on the Disk Locator LED

Follow the instructions stated in the D.1 section to access the All Intel VMD Controllers menu. When the following screen displays, select a non-RAID physical disk to turn on the disk locator LED to locate a selected device.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Turn on the Disk Locator LED - 1

text_image All Intel HDI Controllers • Create RAID Volume HAID volumes: • Volume9, RAID(Strike), 2023.SGB, Normal NOR-HOLD PHYSICAL BLOCK • INTEL SSD/PONE1974 SN-FH/DC/4100.DSP/SHK, 1117.8158 Port Z10, Slot 4, CPU, VMD1, BIP 04100.0 • INTEL SSD/PONE1974 SN-FH/DC/4100.DSP/SHK, 1117.8158 Port Z10, Slot 37, CPU, VMD1, BIP 04100.0 Select to see more Information about the disk +: Select Screen TI: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save it Exit ESC: Exit!

You can also select a RAID member disk to locate the selected device.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Turn on the Disk Locator LED - 2

text_image RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions Delete Name: Volume0 RAID Levels: RAID(Stripe) Strip Size: 125KB Size: 2123.83GB Status: Normal Bootable: Yes Block Size: $12 RAID Member Blocks INTL SSPEXH01274 SN-FHO074000SPMEN, 1117.0100 Port :360, 81st 4, CPU0, WHO, BOP 03100.0 INTL SSPEXH01274 SN-FHO064000FIPHON, 1117.0100 Port :360, 81st 37, CPU0, WHO, BOP 04100.0 ++: Select Screen TI: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESGT Exit

When the following screen appears, use the arrow keys to select Turn Locate LED On. Press to turn on the locator LED to show the location of the selected device.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Turn on the Disk Locator LED - 3

text_image Create RAID Volume INTEL SSPE2ME01274 3N:PHD0624100LZIPDHGM, 1117.0108 Disk Actions ► Mark as Open ► Make as Journals Drive ► Turn Locate LED On Controller: Volume Management Device Controller Model Number: INTEL SSPE2ME01274 Serial Number: PHD0624100LZIPDHGM Size: 1117.0108 Status: Non-RAID Block Size: 512 Root Port Number: 2 Root Port Offset: 0 Slot Number: 4 Socket Number: 1 VND Controller Number: 1 PCI BusDeviceFunctions: 08500.0 ▲ Create a volume with the Sends locate led command to a drive +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit version 2.20.1274, Copyright © 2019 American Regatronics, Inc.

To Mark a RAID Volume as Spare

Follow the instructions stated in the D.1 section to access the All Intel VMD Controllers menu. When the following screen appears, select a desired NVMe device from the list of Non-RAID Physical Disks.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as Spare - 1

text_image Aio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced All Intel VMD Controllers ► Create RAID Volume: RAID volumes: ► Volume:0, RAID(Stripe), E123.85GE, Normal Non-RAID Physical Disk: ► INTEL SDFP2M01274 ONIPWD624100JEPONCL, 1117.0130 Port 210, 310T 47, CPU, WD0, BSP 03.00.0 ► INTEL SDFP2M01274 ONIPWD624300RIPONCL, 1117.0130 Port 210, 310T 37, CPU, WD0, BSP 04.00.0 Select to set more Information about the disk +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

After a NVMe device is selected, press and the following screen will appear. Select Mark as Spare and press to mark the selected device as a spare device.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as Spare - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced INTEL SSDPE2M6312T4 SN:PH0624100LZIF2HON, 1117.81GB Disk Actions: ► Make as Stamp ► Make as Journaling Drive ► Turn Locate LED On Controller: Model Number: Serial Number: SIZER: Status: Block Size: Boot Port Number: Boot Port Offsets: Slot Number: Socket Number: VMD Controller Number: PCI Bus/Device/Function: Volume Management Device Controller INTEL SSDPE2M6012T4 PH0624100LZIF2HON 1117.81GB Non-RAID 512 2 0 4 1 1 03:00.0 Mark disk as Spare +: Select Screen F4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.30.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

When the following screen appears, select Yes to confirm that you want the selected device to be used as a spare device. The options are Yes and No.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as Spare - 3

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Regatrends, Inc. Advanced Hark as Spare Are you sure you want to mark the disk as Spare? Harking disk as Spare will remove all data on the disk. ► Yes ► No Mark disk as Spare +: Select Screen F1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-1 Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Options Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Regatrends, Inc.

Note: A spare disk is used for automatic RAID volume rebuilds when status of failed, missing, or at risk is detected on the array disk. For a RAID0 volume, only status of at risk will trigger automatic RAID volume rebuilds.

To Mark a RAID Volume as a Journaling Drive

Refer to the instructions stated in the D.1 section to access the All Intel VMD Controllers menu. When the following screen appears, select a desired NVMe device from the list of Non-RAID Physical Disks for use as a journaling drive.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as a Journaling Drive - 1

text_image All Intel VMD Controllers RAID Volumes: ► Volumes, RAIDS(Parity), 2133.04GB, Normal ► Volumes, RAIDS(Parity), 196.18GB, Normal Non-RAID Physical Docks: ► INTL SPCY2NDISTE 50+PUMR450001CHD, 1127.822 F4: 210, 8bit - 97, 8bit, VMD, 50 - 14.00.0 Select to see more Information about the disk +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-1 Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Drive & Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1874. Copyright (C) 2013 American Regatrends, Inc.

After selecting a NVMe device, press and the following screen will appear. Select Mark as Journaling Drive and press .

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as a Journaling Drive - 2

text_image Intel SGP2E2ME012T4 SX:FM0654200R1P2MGN, 1117.819B Disk Actions: ▶ Make as Drive ▶ Make as Journaling Drive ▶ Make Lasso LED On Controllers: Model Number: Serial Number: Size: Status: Block Size: Root Part Number: Root Part Offset: Slot Number: Socket Number: VND Controller Number: PCI Bus/Device Function: Volume Management Device Controller INTEL SGP2E2ME012T4 FM0654200R1P2MGN 1117.819B Non-MAID 510 2 0 37 1 1 04:00.0 Mark disk as Journaling Drive ++: Select Screen TI: Select Item Enter: Select +--: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Dutilized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1374. Copyright (C) 2017 American Newsrends, Inc.

When the following screen appears, select Yes to confirm that the selected device is to be used as a journaling drive. The options are Yes and No.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as a Journaling Drive - 3

text_image Mark as Journaling Drive Are you sure you want to mark the disk as Journaling Drive? Marking disk as Journaling Drive will Remove all data on the disk. ▶ Yes ▶ No Mark disk as Journaling Drive +1: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1874, Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as a Journaling Drive - 4

Note: RAID Write Hole (RWH) is a condition associated with a power/drive-failure/crash while writing to a RAID5 volume. The use of journaling drive that contains partial parity logging (PPL) can reduce the potential data loss. Refer to the following illustration for the use of journaling drive.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - To Mark a RAID Volume as a Journaling Drive - 5

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Journaling Drive (PPL)"] --> B["Disk1 (Data)"]
    A --> C["Disk2 (Data)"]
    A --> D["Disk3 (Data)"]
    A --> E["Disk4 (Parity)"]
    B --> F["(read) old data XOR operation (write) new data"]
    C --> G["(read) old parity XOR operation (write) new parity"]
    D --> H["(read) old parity XOR operation (write) new parity"]
    I["Store PPL to the journaling drive"] --> A
    J["Partial parity logging (PPL) = old data XOR old parity\nNew parity = new data XOR PPL"] --> A

D.3 Use of Journaling Drive

The following section describes the use of a journaling drive for the RAID5 volume, which is a parity-based RAID.

Step 1. Refer to the instructions stated in the D.1 section to access All Intel VMD Controllers menu items. When the following screen appears, use the arrow keys to select the desired RAID5 volume.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - D.3 Use of Journaling Drive - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced All Intel VMD Controllers VMD VOLUME: • VOLUME, RUIDS(Parity), 2123.0458, Normal • VOLUME, RMS(DNA)(P1), V76.1858, Normal Non-RAID Physical Disk: • INTEL, BIOSPEEMES1274, ON:PHO62NDOORIPUSHON, 1117.B138 Port 2:0; Slot 37; OPUL, VMD, SDF 04:00.0 Select to see more information about the RAID VOLUME +: Select Screen II: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.30.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Press and the following screen will appear.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - D.3 Use of Journaling Drive - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc. advanced RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions Delete Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RAID5(Parity) Strip Size: 64KB Size: 2123.84GB Status: Normal Documentation: Yes Block Size: $1B New Policy: [Disable] RAID Member Disks: INTEL SSPEZME01274 SN:CWD717400EDIP3HCN, 1117.813B Port 010, 81pt 4, CPU, VMD, BDF 03:00.0 INTEL SSPEZME01274 SN:FND624000EIP3HCN, 1117.813B Port 010, 81pt 3T, CPU, VMD, BDF 04:00.0 INTEL SSPEZME01274 SN:FND62410NLZIF3HCN, 1117.813B Port 2:0, 81pt 4, CPU, VMD, BDF 03:00.0 RAID Write Hole policy +:- Select Screen TI: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

Step 2. Use the arrow keys to select RWH Policy. RWH is a scenario related to a power/drive-failure/crash.

RWH Policy

Press and the following screen will appear. If any device has been set as a journaling drive (see pages 173 and 174), the options are Distributed PPL, Journaling Drive, and Disable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH Policy - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Netstrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions Delete Name: RAID Level: Strip Size: Size: Status: Resetable: BLOCK SIZE: NET POSITION: RAID Member Disk: INTEL SSDFEZME01274 SN:CHD7174086DIF3 Port 3rd, Slot 4, CPU0, VMO2, SDF 03:00.0 INTEL SSDFEZME01274 SN:PHM06N2000FEF2HGN, 1117.815B Port 3rd, Slot 4T, CPU0, VMO2, SDF 04:00.0 INTEL SSDFEZME01274 SN:PHM06Z410WLIF2HGN, 1117.815B Port 2nd, Slot 4, CPU1, VMO1, SDF 03:00.0 Volume0 RAID5(Parity) 64KB 2183.84GB Normal RNN Policy Distributed PPL Journals Drive Disable +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Netstrends, Inc.

If no device has been set as a journaling drive, the options are Distributed PPL and Disable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH Policy - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Regatrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions Delete Name: RAID Level: Strip Size: Size: Status: Bootable: Block B/S RAM Policy: RAID Member Disks: INTEL SSPEEEMES1274 SN:CDAND71740080DPZ6CN, 1117.8108 Port 3:0, 81ot 4, CPU0, VAD2, BDF 03:00.0 INTEL SSPEEEMES1274 SN:PMODEG24000FIPZ6CN, 1117.8108 Port 3:0, 81ot 37, CPU0, VAD2, BDF 04:00.0 INTEL SSPEEEMES1274 SN:FMODEG24100CLIPZ6CN, 1117.8108 Port 2:0, 81ot 4, CPU1, VAD1, BDF 03:00.0 Volume9 RAID(Parity) 64KB 2125.8408 Normal RAM Policy: Distributed FPL Disable + - +:- Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Regatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH Policy - 3

Note 1: Partial parity logging (PPL) can be defined as the result of XOR calculation of old data and old parity. PPL is a feature available for RAID5 volumes. While a power/drive-failure/crash occurring, PPL information helps rebuild the RAID volume and reduce the potential data loss.

Note 2: For the RWH condition, the Intel RSTe 5.X or above RWH closure algorithm provides the option of use of an additional NVMe device for RAID volume rebuilds (Journaling Drive RWH closure mode). Without the use of an additional NVMe device, PPL distributed RWH closure mode can be utilized to close the RWH by using the parity drive for example.

Step 3. Set the feature, RWH Policy, to Journaling Drive.
Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH Policy - 4

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions Delete Name: RAID Level: Strip Size: Sizes: Status: Bootable: Block Bides RMM Policy: RAID Member Disks: INTEL SEDPEEMES1274 SN:CAVDT140080523 Port: 3x0, Slot 4, CPU0, VMD2, BDF 03:00.0 INTEL SEDPEEMES1274 SN:PHD624000FIP2HGN, 1117.81GB Port: 3x0, Slot 3T, CPU0, VMD2, BDF 04:00.0 INTEL SEDPEEMES1274 SN:PHD62400LZIP2HGN, 1117.81GB Port: 2x0, Slot 4, CPU0, VMD1, BDF 03:00.0 RAID Policy: Distribution FPL Journaling Drive Disable RAID Write Hole policy +:- Select Screen TI: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Press and the RWH JD feature will become available as shown below.
Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH Policy - 5

text_image Aotic Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO Volume Actions ► Delete Name: VOLUME9 RAID Level: MAX(Parity) Strip Size: 64KB Size: $125.84D8 Status: Normal Bootablet: Yes Block Size: $12 CPU Fitting: (Analog Devices) RAM JD: INTEL SODPE2ME01274 SN:PHM062420001F2HGN, 1117.81GB Port 210 CPU: VMDJ] ► Change RAM Settings RAID Member DISS: INTEL SODPE2ME01274 SN:CM072700801F3HGN, 1117.81GB Port 3:0, $101 4, CPU0, VMD2, BDF 03:00,0 INTEL SODPE2ME01274 SN:PHM062420001F2HGN, 1117.81GB Port 3:0, Slot 37, CPU0, VMD2, BDF 04:00,0 INTEL SODPE2ME01274 SN:PHM0624100L2F3HGN, 1117.81GB ► Select Screen TI: Select Item Enter Select +/-1 Charge Opt. P1: General Hold P2: Previous Values P3: Optimized Defaults P4: Save a Exit ESO: Exit

RWH JD

Use the arrow keys to select RWH JD. Press and the following screen will appear. The feature displays the information of journaling drive(s).

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH JD - 1

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc. Advanced RAID VOLUME INFO VOLUME ACTIONS Delete Name: RAID Level: Strip Size: Size: Status: Bootstrap: Block Size: RAM POUL RAM POUL RAM ID: Volume: RAID(Parity) 64KB 2107.84GB Normel Yes Port 3D: INTEL SSDPE2ME012T4 SN:FMH0624200XIP2CHN, 1117.81SB PORT 210 CPUL VMD1 , 1117.81SB Port 210 CPUL VMD1 Change RAM settings RAM Member Disks: INTEL SSDPE2ME012T4 SN:VMDD71740080LPZHN, 1117.81SB Port 3D: Slot 4, CPU0, VMD2, BDF 04:00.0 INTEL SSDPE2ME012T4 SN:FMH0624200XIP2CHN, 1117.81SB Port 3D: Slot 3D, CPU0, VMD2, BDF 04:00.0 INTEL SSDPE2ME012T4 SN:FMH0624100LZIP3HN, 1117.81SB F: Select Screen F1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EOD: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc.

Step 4. Use the arrow keys and press to select the desired journaling drive from the option list of RWH JD.

Step 5. For the changes to take effect, use the arrow keys to select Change RWH settings and press .

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH JD - 2

text_image RAID VOLUME INFO VOLUME ACTIONS ► Delete Name: RAID Level: Strip Size: Size: Status: Bootable: Block Size: RAM Policy: RAM ID: ► Changes RMs settings RAID Member Disks: ► INTL SSPE2M01274 SN:CU0717400001F2NGN, 1117.8168 Port 3:0, Slot 4, CPU0, VMO2, BDF 03:00.0 ► INTL SSPE2M01274 SN:PHD624200F1NGN, 1117.8168 Port 3:0, Slot 37, CPU0, VMO2, BDF 04:00.0 ► INTL SSPE2M01274 SN:PHD624200L1F3NGN, 1117.8168 Volume: RAID(Pacity) 64KB 2125.84GB Normal Yes 512 [Journaling Drive] [INTEL SSPE2M01274 SN:PHD624200R1F2NGN, 1117.8168 Port 240 CPU0, MD1] +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC4 Exit Version 2.20.1274 Copyright (C) 2013 American Hegatrends, Inc.

Your computer will return to the main screen of All Intel VMD Controllers as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - RWH JD - 3

text_image All Intel VMD Controllers RAID Volumes: Volume0, RAIDS(Parity), 213.86GB, Normal Volume1, RAIDS(Parity), 105.18GB, Normal Non-RAID Physical Disks: INTEL: RSPEZMEO1274 SN:PHC624000R1P36N, 1117.81GB Port 2:0, 8Jot NT, OPUI, VMD, BDF 04:00.0 Select to see here Information about the RAID VOLUME +:- Select Screen T:- Select Icon Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1274 Copyright (C) 2013 American Megatrends, Inc.

Appendix E

Configuring iSCSI Settings

Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) is a protocol that defines how block-level data transports between the iSCSI initiator and iSCSI target over an Internet protocol (IP) network. The iSCSI initiator (client/host) enables a connection to the iSCSI target and initiates I/O requests. The iSCSI target can be a group of storage devices or an intermediate device attached to storage devices. The iSCSI initiator and iSCSI target must connect to an IP network. To have iSCSI settings available, refer to instructions stated in the E.1 section. The E.2 section explains iSCSI settings.

E.1 PCIe/PCI/PnP Features

Press during system boot to enter the BIOS Setup utility. Navigate to the Advanced tab. Use the arrow keys to select PCIe/PCI/PnP Configuration and press to access the menu items.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - E.1 PCIe/PCI/PnP Features - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Negatrends, Inc. Main Advanced Event Loss IPM Security Boot Save & Exit ▶ Boot Feature ▶ CPU Configuration ▶ Chipset Configuration ▶ Server HE Configuration ▶ PDH SATA Configuration ▶ PDH SSATA Configuration ▶ PCI/PCI-5P Configuration ▶ Super ID Configuration ▶ Serial Port Console Redirection ▶ ADPI Settings ▶ Trusted Computing ▶ MSOSI Configuration ▶ Intel(K) Virtual MDD on CPU PCI, PCI-X and PCI Express Settings. ++: Select Screen F1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Split F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.39.1208. Copyright (C) 2017 American Negatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - E.1 PCIe/PCI/PnP Features - 2

Note: Be sure to have configuration information for the iSCSI initiator and iSCSI target before starting iSCSI settings.

Onboard LAN1 Option ROM

Use the arrow keys to select Onboard LAN1 Option ROM and press . The options are Disabled, Legacy, and EFI. Set this feature to EFI.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Onboard LAN1 Option ROM - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced PCI Bus Driver Version RS.01.12 PCI Devices Common Settings Above 4D Decoding [Enabled] SR-1DV Support [Disabled] MMIO High Base [Set] MMIO High Granularity Size [EMAS] PCI PERR/SPERT Support [Enabled] Maximum Read Request [Auto] MMIO Base [PSI] Name Firmware Source VGA Priority PCI SLOTS1 PCI-E 3.0 X4 (IN XB) CPU SLOTS2 PCI-E 3.0 X8 OPMON CPU SLOTS3 PCI-E 3.0 X9 OPMON CPU SLOTS4 PCI-E 3.0 X16 OPMON CPU SLOTS5 PCI-E 3.0 X16 OPMON R.2 PCI-E 3.0 X4 OPMON [Legacy] Onboard LAN Device [Legacy] Onboard LAN1 Option ROM [Legacy] Onboard LAN2 Option ROM [Legacy] Onboard Video Option ROM [Legacy] Network Stack Configuration Select which firmware function to be loaded for onboard LAN. +:-: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Apt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit. Version 2.19.1068. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Note: If Onboard LAN1 Option ROM is set to EFI, all features for onboard LAN option ROM will be set to EFI by the EFI driver. Additionally, these features will become unavailable except Onboard LAN1 Option ROM.

Network Stack Configuration

Use the arrow keys to select Network Stack Configuration and press to access the menu items.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Network Stack Configuration - 1

text_image PCI Bus Driver Version PCI Devices Common Settings: Above 4D Decoding [Enabled] OR-10V Support [Disabled] HMO High Base [5x7] HMO High Generality Size [2560] PCI PERR/SERR Support [Disabled] Maximum Noad Request [Auto] HMO Base [CS] NVMe Firmware Source [Net Native Support] VAR Priority [Embedded] PCI SLOT1 PCI-E 3.0 X4 IN X8 OPROM [Legacy] CPU SLOT2 PCI-E 3.0 X8 OPROM [Legacy] CPU SLOT3 PCI-E 3.0 X8 OPROM [Legacy] CPU SLOT4 PCI-E 3.0 X16 OPROM [Legacy] CPU SLOT6 PCI-E 3.0 X16 OPROM [Legacy] H.2 PCI-E 3.0 X4 OPROM [Legacy] Onboard LAN Device [Enabled] Onboard LAN1 Option ROM [Exit] Onboard Video Option ROM [Legacy] Network Stock Configuration Network Stack Settings +:- Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESC: Exit

Ipv4 PXE Support/Ipv6 PXE Support

To enable lpv4/lpv6 PXE boot support, use the arrow keys to select and set lpv4 PXE Support/Ipv6 PXE Support to Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Ipv4 PXE Support/Ipv6 PXE Support - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Network Stack IPv4 FXE Support IPv4 HTTP Support IPv6 FXE Support IPv6 HTTP Support FXE boot wifi time HedEx detect count (Enabled) (selected) (disabled) (enabled) (disabled) 0 1 Enable: IPv4 PXE Boot Support. If disabled IPv4 PXE boot option will not be created +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit version 2.19.1008. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Ipv4 PXE Support/Ipv6 PXE Support - 2

Note: Enable both lpv4 PXE Support and lpv6 PXE Support to have iSCSI settings available. In some cases, enabling either one feature may also have iSCSI settings available depending on the configuration of iSCSI initiator and iSCSI target.

For the changes to take effect, save settings and restart the system. Press during system boot to enter the BIOS Setup utility. When the BIOS main screen appears, navigate to the Advanced tab. Use the arrow keys to select iSCSI Configuration and press to access the menu items.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Ipv4 PXE Support/Ipv6 PXE Support - 3

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Hesatrends, Inc. Main: Advanced Event Loss LPM Security Boot Save & Exit Boot Feature CPU Configuration Chipset Configuration Server HE Configuration POH SATH Configuration POH SSATA Configuration PCIe-PCI/PoP Configuration Super ID Configuration Serial Port Console Redirection ADPI Settings Trusted Computing BOSI Configuration Intel(R) Virtual RHD on CPU Intel(R) Ethernet Connection X722 for 1080A85-T - AChIPi68s... Intel(R) Ethernet Connection X722 for 1080A85-T - AChIPi68s... Configure the iOSI parameters. +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.19.1908. Copyright (C) 2017 American Hesatrends, Inc.

E.2 Configuring iSCSI Settings

iSCSI Initiator Name

Use this feature to enter the unique initiator name in iSCSI qualified name (IQN) format.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - iSCSI Initiator Name - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright ICI 2019 American Regatrends, Inc. Advanced ICSI Initiator Name Iom.kid.isci.isci ► Add an Attempt ► Attempt 1 ► Attempt 2 ► Delete Attempts ► Change Attempt Order ICSI Initiator Name Iom.kid.isci.isci_ +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EICI: Exit The worldwide unique name of ICSI Initiator. Only IOM format is accepted. Hance is from 4 to 200 +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EICI: Exit Version 2.20.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Regatrends, Inc.

Add an Attempt

Use the arrow keys to select Add an Attempt.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Add an Attempt - 1

text_image Add an Attempt +/-: Select Screen T4: Project Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Dave 8 Exit E00: Exit

Press and the following screen will appear. Use the arrow keys to select the desired media access control address (MAC address), network interface card (NIC) port.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Add an Attempt - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Messtrends, Inc. Advanced ▶ MAC AC11F:CB13D:100:25 ▶ MAC AC11F:EB13D:100:22 PFM: Bus 1 | Dev 0 | Func 0 +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimize Defaults F4: Save & Exit E00: Exit Version 2.30.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

Press and the following screen will appear.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Add an Attempt - 3

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Hesatrends, Inc. Advanced I3CS: Attempt Name I3CS: Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout ONI-format I3SD Configure I3SD Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subset Mask Gateway Target Name Target Address Target Port Boot LIM Authentication Type Save Charges Attempt 5 [Disabled] [Pyd] 0 1000 201F/8800006 880026 [Disabled] 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 3250 0 [None] The human name defined for this attempt. Maximal length is also to characters +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. P1: General Help P2: Previous Values P3: Optimized Defaults P4: Save a Exit OSCs: Exit version 2.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Hesatrends, Inc.

iSCSI Attempt Name

This feature displays the iSCSI attempt name.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - iSCSI Attempt Name - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Netstrands, Inc. Advanced ISCSC Attempt Name ISCSC Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout OUI-Format ISID Configure ISID Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subset Mask Gateway Target Name Target Address Target Port Boot LIN Authentication Type Save Changes Attempt: 0 [Disabled] [Py4] 8 1000 201F6080002& 8M0026 [Disabled] 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 3259 8 [None] The types have defined for this attempt. Maximum length is auto to 12 characters +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save a Exit ISCs: Exit

iSCSI Mode

Use this feature to set the iSCSI mode. The options are Disabled, Enabled, and Enabled for MPIO. Multipath I/O (MPIO) is a feature that allows the system to route I/O through the available paths if the active path fails (be sure to have more than one physical path connected to the system).

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - iSCSI Mode - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American News trends, Inc. Advanced BSCSI Attempt Name Abitcept 1 BSCSI Mode Disabled Internet Protocol IPV41 Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 QOL-format ISOID DC166800006 Configure ISOID BSCSI Mode Disabled Enabled Enabled for MP10 Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subset Mask Gateway Target Name Target Address Target Port 3250 Boot LIN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes +:- Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values FS: Optimized Defaults F4: Save a Exit BSCS: Exit

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - iSCSI Mode - 2

Note: Enabling the feature, iSCSI Mode, is required for iSCSI configuration.

Internet Protocol

Use this feature to set the Internet protocol. The options are IPv4, IPv6, and Autoconfigure.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Internet Protocol - 1

text_image Aotio Setup Utility - Copyright ICI 2019 American Megstrends, Inc. Advanced ISCSI Attempt Name Attempt 1 ISCSI Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IPv4] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 Oil-format ISID DCI/DCI/DCI/DCI Configure ISID Internet Protocol Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subnet Host Gateway Target Name Target Address Target Port S250 Boot LUN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes Initiator IP address is system assigned in IPS node. In autoconfigure node, iOSI driver will attempt to connect iOSI target via IPv4 stack, if failed then attempt IPv6 stack. +/-: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ECDI Exit Version 7.20.1874. Copyright 2019 American Regatrends, Inc.

Connection Retry Count

The valid range is 0\~16. Use this feature to enter the number of logon sessions allowed for the iSCSI initiator to restart with the iSCSI target if the first logon connection fails.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Connection Retry Count - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc. Advanced ISCIDI Attempt Name Attempt 1 ISCIDI Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IPv4] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout [0.0] Oil-format ISO DC1F68800026 Configure ISO 800026 Enable DHCP [Disabled] Initiator IP Address 0.0.0.0 Initiator Subnet Mask 0.0.0.0 Gateway 0.0.0.0 Target Name Target Address Target Port 3250 Boot LIN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes The minimum value is 0 and the maximum is 15.0 means no retry. +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Apt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1874, Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc.

Connection Establishing Timeout

Use this feature to set the logon connection establishing timeout (in milliseconds). The valid range is from 100 milliseconds to 20 seconds.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Connection Establishing Timeout - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced ISCSI Attempt Name ISCSI Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout ONI-format ISO Configure ISO Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Internet Mask Gateway Target Name Target Address Target Port Boot LIN Authentication Type Save Changes Attempt 1 [Disabled] [IPv4] 0 1000 2019880006 880006 [Disabled] 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 3250 0 [None] The Timeout Value in milliseconds, The minimum value is 100 milliseconds and the maximum is 20 seconds. +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1E74, Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

OUI-format ISID

This feature displays the default ISID in OUI format. The value (in six bytes) is derived from the MAC address of the NIC port that you selected earlier.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - OUI-format ISID - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced ISCDD Attempt Name Attempt 1 ISCDD Mode [Open]# Internet Protocol [7v8] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timestamp 10:00 OUT-Format ISO DCIF68800006 CONTENTS Error OK/OKS Enable DHCP [Disabled] Initiator IP Address 0.0.0.0 Initiator Subset Mask 0.0.0.0 Gateway 0.0.0.0 Target Name Target Address Target Port 3250 Boot LUN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes The timestamp value in milliseconds. The minimum value is 100 milliseconds and the maximum is 20 seconds. +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Ept. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Configure ISID

Press to configure the ISID. The default value is derived from the last three bytes of the OUI-format ISID. Also, only the last three bytes of the ISID are configurable.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Configure ISID - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright ICJ 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced ISO:1 Attempt Name ISO:1 Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout OUT-Format ISID Configure ISID Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Cabinet Mask Gateway Target Name Target Address Target Port Boot LIN Authentication Type Save Changes Attempt 1 [Disabled] [Typ] 0 201F58800006 Device Configure ISID 8C0026_ 6.0.0.0 +:- Select Stream 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/- Change Opt. F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F5: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit E80: Exit GUI-Format ISID in 6 bytes, default value are derived from MAC address. Only last 3 bytes are configurable. Example: Update ORBSCCODEFF to oABRCCFUT501 by Input F07501. Version 2.20.1874. Copyright 101 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Enable DHCP

Use this feature to disable/enable dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server service for the iSCSI initiator. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enable DHCP - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc. Advanced ISCSD Attempt Name Attempt D ISCSD Mode [0.0.0.0.0] Internet Protocol [1]Pvs Connection Entry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 OUT-market ISO DC16/88/00/04 Configure ISO Enable DHCP Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Disabled Initiator Subset Host Enabled Gateway 0.0.0.0 Target Name Target Address Target Port 3250 Boot LUN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes Enhable DHCP +:- Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +:- Change Apt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1876, Copyright (C) 2019 American Negatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Enable DHCP - 2

Note: Set the feature, Enable DHCP, to Disabled if you would like to specify the iSCSI initiator IP address/subnet mask/gateway.

Initiator IP Address (available when Enable DHCP is set to Disabled)

Use this feature to enter the desired iSCSI initiator IP address.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Initiator IP Address (available when Enable DHCP is set to Disabled) - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced BSCSI Attempt Name 1 BSCSI Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IP4] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1600 OUT-Format SSD 201F68A9802E Configure HDD CNDDCE Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator IP ADDRESS Initiator Planet Host Gateway 0.0.0.0 Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Fort 3250 Boot LIM 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes Enter IP address in dotted-decimal notation. ++: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. P1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.15.1266, Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Initiator Subnet Mask (available when Enable DHCP is set to Disabled)

Use this feature to enter the desired iSCSI initiator subnet mask.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Initiator Subnet Mask (available when Enable DHCP is set to Disabled) - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. advanced BOSCI Attempt Name 1 BOSCI Mode ID(Labeled) Internet Protocol [IP4] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 (All-Format ISO) 201F6809802E Configure ISO OMODE Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subset Mask Gateway 0.0.0.0 Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port 3250 Boot LIN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes Enter IP address in dotted-decimal notation. +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESO: Exit Version 8.19.1208, Copyright (CJ) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Gateway (available when Enable DHCP is set to Disabled)

Use this feature to enter the desired iSCSI initiator gateway.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Gateway (available when Enable DHCP is set to Disabled) - 1

text_image Airtio Setup Utility - Copyright ICI 2017 American Negatrends, Inc. Advanced BCSI Attempt Name BCSI Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout OUT-format I32D Configure I32D Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subset Mask Getaway Target Name Target IP Address Target Port Boot LIN Authentication Type Save Changes Enter IP address in dotted-decimal rotation. 0.0.0.0_ 0.5.0.0_ +:- Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit CSD: Exit Version 2.13.1808. Copyright (C) 2017 American Negatrends, Inc.

Get target info via DHCP (available when Enable DHCP is set to Enabled)

Use this feature to disable/enable dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server service for the iSCSI target. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Get target info via DHCP (available when Enable DHCP is set to Enabled) - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced ISCDD Attempt Name 1 ISCDD Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IP4] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 Configure INHD Get target Info via DHCP Enable DHCP Initiator IP : 0.0.0.0 Get target Info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port 3250 Boot LIN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes Get target info via DHCP Enabled +: Select Screens 11: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Ept... F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESCs Exit Version 2.19.1268, Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Get target info via DHCP (available when Enable DHCP is set to Enabled) - 2

Note 1: Set the feature, Get target info via DHCP, to Disabled if you would like to specify the iSCSI target name/IP address/boot LUN.

Note 2: LUN stands for logical unit number, which is used to identify a logical/physical disk.

Target Name

Use this feature to enter the desired iSCSI target name in IQN format.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Target Name - 1

text_image Riotio Setup Utility - Copyright ICJ 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced BSCS Attempt Name 1 BSCS Mode ID(Labeled) Internet Protocol (7F4) Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishment Timeout 1000 Target Name Get target info via DHCP ID(Labeled) Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port 3250 Boot LIN 0 Authentication Type Done! Save Charges The worldwide unique name of the target, Only log, format is accepted. +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Apt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ESDx Exit Version 2.13.1208. Copyright ©1 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Target Address

Use this feature to enter the desired iSCSI target IP address.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Target Address - 1

text_image ATIO Setup Utility - Copyright ICF 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. ADVANCED BSCS: Attempt Name Attempt 1 BSCS: Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IPVc] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 URL-Format: ISO DC17/0800026 Target Address Get target info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name Target Address Target Port 3250 Boot LAN 0 Authentication Type [None] Enter Target address in IPVc, IPVc or URL format. You Need to configure DNS server address in advance if input a URL string. ++, Select Screen T1: Select [new] enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ESCs: Exit Version $20.1874, Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Target Port

This feature displays the iSCSI target port.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Target Port - 1

text_image Audio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2017 American HegaTrends, Inc. advanced ISOS! Attempt Name ISO01 Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout Configure IBD Enable DHCP Initiator IP : 0.0.0.0 Get target info via DHCP Target Name Target IP Address Target Port Boot LUN Authentication Type Save Changes Target Port ++, Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.15.1986. Copyright (C) 2017 American HegaTrends, Inc.

Boot LUN

Use this feature to enter the LUN ID of boot LUN.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Boot LUN - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced ISCOSI Attempt Name ISCOSI Mode Internet Protocol Connection Retry Count Connection Establishing Timeout Configure ISOID Enable DHCP Initiator IP : 0.6.0.0 Get target info via DHCP Target Name Target IP Address Target Port Reset LIN Authentication Type Save Changes Hexadecimal Representation of the LU number. Exclines size: 4752-394F-8876-3F99, 0704-9-1564-127, 4106-9 BOOT LUN Id: Yes/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/NO/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/No/ No +: Select Screen 11: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESC: Exit

Authentication Type

Use this feature to set the authentication method. The options are CHAP and None.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Authentication Type - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2017 American Hegatrends, Inc. Advanced BOSCI Attempt Name 1 BOSCI Mode ID(sabled) Internet Protocol IP4 Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 Configure HSD Authentication Type Enable DHCP None Initiator IP: 0.0.0.0 Set target info via DHCP ID(isabled) Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port 3250 Boot LIN 0 Authentication Type (None) Save Changes Authentication methods: DHWP, Keepers, or None +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit CSD: Exit Version 3.19.1908. Copyright 101 2017 American Hegatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Authentication Type - 2

Note: Challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP) is a protocol used to verify the identity of the peer of a connection.

CHAP Type (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP)

Use this feature to set the CHAP type. The options are One way and Mutual.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CHAP Type (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP) - 1

text_image RATIO Setup Utility - Copyright IC2 2017 American Hestrends, Inc. Advanced Configure ISID Enable DHCP Initiator IP: 0.0.0.0 Get target info via DHCP Target Name: Target IP address Target Port Boot LUN Authentication Type CHWP Type CHWP Name: CHWP Secret Reverse CHWP Name Reverse DHCP Secret Save Changes Back to Previous Page C9502E [Enabled] [Disabled] CHWP Type One way Mutual [Mutual] None, One way DHCP or mutual DHCP +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESO: Exit Version 3.19.1268. Copyright ©1 2017 American Hestrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CHAP Type (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP) - 2

Note 1: If one way (unidirectional) CHAP authentication is performed, the iSCSI target authenticates the iSCSI initiator.

Note 2: If mutual (bidirectional) CHAP authentication is performed, the iSCSI target and iSCSI initiator authenticate each other.

CHAP Name (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP)

Use this feature to enter the CHAP name authenticated by the iSCSI target.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CHAP Name (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP) - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. advanced Configure ISID 0980CE Enable DHCP [Enabled] Initiator IP: 0.0.0.0 Get target Info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name CNWP Name - Auth DHAP Type [One way] DHAP Name DHAP Secret +/-: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Obtained Defaults F4: Save A Exit CSD: Exit! Save Changes ► Back to Previous Page Version 8.19.1205. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

CHAP Secret (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP)

Use this feature to enter the CHAP secret (12\~16 characters) authenticated by the iSCSI target.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CHAP Secret (available when Authentication Type is set to CHAP) - 1

text_image Aroio Setup utility - Copyright 107 2017 American Newstrnds, Inc. advanced Configure ISID ORBDE Enable DHCP (Enabled) Initiator IP: 0.0.0.0 Get Target Info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port Boot LM Authentication Type CHAP Type [One way] CHAP Name CHAP Secret Save Charges ► Back to Previous Page The minimum length is 12 bytes and the maximum length is 16 bytes. +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt.. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Detailed Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit. Version 2.15.1208. Copyright 107 2017 American Newstrnds, Inc.

CHAP Status

This feature displays the CHAP status.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - CHAP Status - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced OKI-format ISO Configure ISO Enable DHCP Initiator IP Address Initiator Subnet Mask Gateway Get target Info via DHCP Target Name Target Address Target Port Boot LNA Authentication Type CHMP Type CHMP Name CHMP Status Reverse CHMP Name Reverse CHMP Secret Reverse CHMP Status Save Changes Back to Previous Page The minimum length is 12 bytes and the minimum length is 15 bytes. +/-: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ISO: Exit! Version 8.20.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Reverse CHAP Name (available when CHAP Type is set to Mutual)

Use this feature to enter the CHAP name authenticated by the iSCSI initiator.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Reverse CHAP Name (available when CHAP Type is set to Mutual) - 1

text_image Aroio Setup Utility - Copyright ICI 2017 American Negatrends, Inc. Advanced Configure ISID CNVICE Enable DHCP (Enabled) Initiator IP: 0.0.0.0 Get target Info Via DHCP (Disabled) Target Name Reverse DHCP Name - Auto CHAP Type [Mutual] CHAP Name CHAP Secret Reverse DHCP Name Reverse DHCP Secret Save Changes ► Back to Previous Page Reverse CHAP Name +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit E3D: Exit Version 2.13.1808. Copyright (C) 2017 American Negatrends, Inc.

Reverse CHAP Secret (available when CHAP Type is set to Mutual)

Use this feature to enter the CHAP secret (12\~16 characters) authenticated by the iSCSI initiator.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Reverse CHAP Secret (available when CHAP Type is set to Mutual) - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Configure ISID C980CE Enable DHCP [Enabled] Initiator IP: 0.0.0.0 Get target info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name 0.0.0.0 Target IP Address Target Port Boot LIM Authentication Type Creat Type [Mutual] CHAP Name CHAP Secret Reverse DHCP Name Reverse DHCP Secret Save Changes ► Back to Previous Page The minimum length is 12 bytes and the maximum length is 16 bytes. +:- Select Screens 11: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Ept. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESO: Exit Version 2.19.1208, Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Reverse CHAP Status (available when CHAP Type is set to Mutual)

This feature displays the reverse CHAP status.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Reverse CHAP Status (available when CHAP Type is set to Mutual) - 1

text_image Ratio Setup utility - Copyright ICI 2019 American News trends, Inc. advanced OUT-Format ISID 2019/08/00/06 Configure ISID 800026 Enable DHCP [Enabled] Initiator IP address 0.0.0.0 Initiator Ethernet Mask 0.0.0.0 Delivery 0.0.0.0 Get target Info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name Target Address Target Port 3250 Boot LUN 0 Authentication Type [CHAP] CHAP Type [Mutual] CHAP Name CHAP Secret CHAP Status [Not Installed] Reverse CHAP Name Reverse CHAP Status [Not Installed] Save Changes ► Back to Previous Page The minimum length is 12 bytes and the minimum length is 16 bytes. +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit. version 2.20.1874. Copyright 1Q 2019 American News trends, Inc.

Save Changes

Use the arrow keys to select Save Changes and press to save settings shown on the screen.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Save Changes - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced MSCU Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IP4] Connection Retry Count 0 Connection Establishing Tjout 1000 Configure ISO 09602E Enable DHCP [Enabled] Initiator IP : 0.0.0.0 Get target info via DHCP [Disabled] Target None Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port 3250 Boot LAN 0 Authentication Type [None] Save Changes ► Back to Previous Page Must reboot system manually for changes to take place. +:-: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save B Exit ESD: Exit. Version 2.19.1988. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Save Changes - 2

Note: For the changes to take effect, save settings and restart the system.

Back to Previous Page

Use the arrow keys to select Back to Previous Page and press .

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Back to Previous Page - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc. advanced BOSU Mode [Disabled] Internet Protocol [IP4] Connection Network Count 0 Connection Establishing Timeout 1000 Configure ISID 09802E Enable DHCP [Enabled] Initiator IP : 0.0.0.0 Get target Info via DHCP [Disabled] Target Name Target IP Address 0.0.0.0 Target Port 3260 Boot LUX 0 Authentication Type [More] Save Changes ▶ Back to Previous Page +:- Select Screen 11: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit GOD: Exit Back to Previous Page Version 2.19.1208. Copyright (C) 2017 American Megatrends, Inc.

The user will be returned to the main screen of iSCSI Configuration as shown below.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Back to Previous Page - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc. Advanced IBOSI Initiator Name Add an Attempt Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Delete Attempts Change Attempt Order The worldwide unique name of IBOSI Initiator, Only IOM format is accepted. Change is from 4 to 2019 +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EOD: Exit Version 2.26.1874. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

Delete Attempts

Use the arrow keys to select Delete Attempts.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Delete Attempts - 1

text_image Initio Setup Utility - Copyright ICI 2019 American Negatrends, Inc. advanced iSCS: Initiator Name jgn.Kid.wnc1.icss1 ► Add an Attempt ► Attempt 1 ► Attempt 2 ► Delete Attempts ► Change Attempt Order Delete one or more attempts +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Datalized Defaults Fit: Save B Exit GOD: Exit Version 2.26.1874. Copyright iCI 2019 American Negatrends, Inc.

Press and the following screen will appear.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Delete Attempts - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc. Advanced Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Commit Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Disabled Disabled MNC: AC:IF:68:AD:00:05, PFA: Bus 1 | Dev 0 | Func. 0, ISGB1 mode: Enabled, TP version: IIV4 +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESCK: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

Attempt 1

Use the feature to disable/enable Attempt 1. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Attempt 1 - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. advanced Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Commit Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit [Disabled] [Disabled] Attempt 1 Disabled Enabled HAC: AC:IF:68:80:00:35, PPA: Bus I | Dev 0 | Func 0, ISCSI node: Enabled, IP version: IPv4 +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F0: Delineed Defaults F4: Save R Exit ESD: Exit Version 7.20.1876. Copyright iCI 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Attempt 2

Use the feature to disable/enable Attempt 2. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Attempt 2 - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Nexatrends, Inc. Advanced Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Consult Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Attempt 2 Disabled Enabled MAC: AC:IF:68:BD:00:36, FFA: Bus 1 | Dev 0 | Func 0, ISGS1 mode: Enabled, IP version: IPv4 +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ESC: Exit Version 2.20.1274. Copyright (C) 2019 American Nexatrends, Inc.

Commit Changes and Exit

Press to save changes and return to the main screen of iSCSI Configuration.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Commit Changes and Exit - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. advanced Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Commit Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Commit Changes and Exit +: Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F0: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESD: Exit Version 8.20.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Discard Changes and Exit

Press to return to the main screen of iSCSI Configuration without any change.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Discard Changes and Exit - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Attempt 1 Attempt 2 COMMIT Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit +: Select Screen #: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESO: Exit Version 2.20.1876. Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Change Attempt Order

Use the arrow keys to select Change Attempt Order.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Change Attempt Order - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. advanced BOSI Initiator Name log.kid.srci.lscsi Change the order of Attempts using +/- keys, Use arrow keys to select the attempt then press +/-- To save the attempt down in the attempt order list. +/-: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt.. F1: General Help F3: Previous Values F0: Dated/Defouits F4: Save A Exit ESDr Exit Version 8.20.1874. Copyright ©J 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Press and the following screen will appear.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Change Attempt Order - 2

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Change Attempt Order Attempt 1 Attempt 2 Consult Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Change the order of Attempts using +/- keys. Use Arrow Keys to select the attempt then press +/- to save the attempt up/down in the attempt order list. +: Select Screen T1: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save A Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1878, Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.

Change Attempt Order

This feature is to change the Attempt order. Use arrow keys to select the desired Attempt, then <+-> keys to move up/down the selected Attempt. For instance, move up the selected Attempt by using <+> key. Move down the selected Attempt by using <-> key.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Change Attempt Order - 1

text_image Auto Setup Utility - Copyright IC? 2019 American Newstrnds, Inc. Advanced Change Attempt Order Interrupt 1 Interrupt 2 Consult Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Change attempt order — Attempt 1 Attempt 2 +:- Select Screen +:- Select Item Enter: Select +:- Change Opt... F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit ESC: Exit Version 3.20.1276. Copyright (C) 2019 American Newstrnds, Inc.

Commit Changes and Exit

Press to save changes and return to the main screen of iSCSI Configuration.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Commit Changes and Exit - 1

text_image Aio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc. Change Attempt Order Attempt 11 Attempt 2) Dismiss Changes and Exit Discard Change and Exit +/- Select Screen T4: Select Item Enter: Select +/- Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Optimized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EBCI Exit Version 5.20.1676, Copyright (C) 2019 American Newsrends, Inc.

Discard Changes and Exit

Press to return to the main screen of iSCSI Configuration without any change.

Supermicro X11DPD-M25 - Discard Changes and Exit - 1

text_image Ratio Setup Utility - Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc. Advanced Change Attempt Order Attempt 1) Attempt 2) Commit Changes and Exit Discord Changes and Exit Discord Changes and Exit +: Select Screen 14: Select Item Enter: Select +/-: Change Opt. F1: General Help F2: Previous Values F3: Customized Defaults F4: Save & Exit EICI Exit! Version 2.30.1275, Copyright (C) 2019 American Megatrends, Inc.
Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : Supermicro

Model : X11DPD-M25

Category : Motherboard